diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
14 files changed, 7343 insertions, 6054 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info index 36a89bb59e9..c2e873d5587 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.5 from latex2e.texi. This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version of July 2018. +preparation system, version of October 2018. This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by Sheldon Green, and 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as 'TeXniques' -number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). +number 10), as reference material. We also gratefully acknowledge +additional material appearing in latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert +Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. @@ -42,8 +44,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Top, Next: About this document, Up: (dir) LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2018) -for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October +2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. * Menu: @@ -86,10 +88,18 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: About this document, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting -program (*note Overview::). This document's home page is -<puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +program (*note Overview::). + + This document's home page is +<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. There you can get +the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see +other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats. In +particular, the output comes in two web formats. Probably the most +convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each +topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about +easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>, +has all the information on single page. In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades @@ -155,10 +165,11 @@ plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'. * Menu: -* Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. +* Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Output files:: Files produced. * TeX engines:: Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. * LaTeX command syntax:: General syntax of LaTeX commands. +* Environment:: Area of the source giving distinct behavior. * CTAN:: Our repository. @@ -300,7 +311,7 @@ support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX, <http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex>, <http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>). -File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: CTAN, Prev: TeX engines, Up: Overview +File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: Environment, Prev: TeX engines, Up: Overview 2.4 LaTeX command syntax ======================== @@ -327,6 +338,12 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. + Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration". Such a command changes +the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For instance, +the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers +from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & +\backmatter::). + LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'. The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. @@ -334,17 +351,11 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). -* Menu: - -* Environment:: Area of the source with distinct behavior. -* Declaration:: Change the value or meaning of a command. -* \makeatletter & \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. - -File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: Declaration, Up: LaTeX command syntax +File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: CTAN, Prev: LaTeX command syntax, Up: Overview -2.4.1 Environments ------------------- +2.5 Environment +=============== Synopsis: @@ -361,7 +372,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between ... \end{verse} - *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. + *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. Particularly +notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment, +a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair. The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a @@ -377,135 +390,10 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). \end{tabular} -File: latex2e.info, Node: Declaration, Next: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Prev: Environment, Up: LaTeX command syntax - -2.4.2 Command declarations --------------------------- - -A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes -the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. - - -File: latex2e.info, Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Prev: Declaration, Up: LaTeX command syntax - -2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' --------------------------------------- - -Synopsis: - - \makeatletter - ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. - \makeatother - - Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. '\makeatletter' makes the -at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11. -'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value. - - As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a -character category code, or "catcode" for short. For instance, the -backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a -command. These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'. - - The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in -their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that -replaces one of LaTeX's own. Command names consist of a category 0 -character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11 -characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0 -character followed by a single non-letter symbol). So under the default -category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'. But -'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine -commands named with '@'. - - Use these two commands inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with '@' in its name. Don't use them -inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and -'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of -a letter. - - For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. These macros are mainly intended to -package or class authors. - - In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' -that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the -preamble, before the '\begin{document}'. - - \makeatletter - \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} - \makeatother - -* Menu: - -* \@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. - - -File: latex2e.info, Node: \@ifstar, Up: \makeatletter & \makeatother - -2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar' -.................. - -Synopsis: - - \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} - \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY} - \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY} - - Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples -are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and -'\section*' commands. - - When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment -name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As -in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above -as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For -instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the -'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments -but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In -the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They -could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no -arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using -at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' -block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). - - This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant -'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' -will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry -not blue sky". - - \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} - - In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's -'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is -equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, -\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''' - - \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} - \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} - \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% - \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} - - There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work -of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct -'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by -'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has -the 'xparse' package that allows this code. - - \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {STARRED VERSION}% - {UNSTARRED VERSION}% - } - - -File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: LaTeX command syntax, Up: Overview +File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: Environment, Up: Overview -2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network -=========================================== +2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network +=============================================== The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX community's repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites @@ -732,23 +620,26 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package structure, Next: Class and package --------------------------------- A class file or package file typically has four parts. - In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX + 1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat' and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands. - 1. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can + + 2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For example, an 'smcmemo' class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}', and therefore needs to define a command '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file. - 2. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and + + 3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font size. - 3. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package + + 4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and loading other files. @@ -4066,7 +3957,7 @@ or default depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]', -if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to to hide the +if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -4235,10 +4126,9 @@ is the value of POSITION). Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically stretchable space. - The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT options is set to -a value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect -of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of -'b'. + The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a +value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect of +the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'. Text before \begin{center} @@ -5183,8 +5073,8 @@ between them. This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'. Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, '&'. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'. -This '\\' is optional after the last row unless an '\hline' command -follows, to put a rule below the table. +After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command +follows to put a rule below the table. The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of: @@ -5236,10 +5126,9 @@ COLS space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'. An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space. In - particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space - before the first column or after the last one, as in the - example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left - margin. + particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before + the first column or after the last one, as in the example + below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. \begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} @@ -5415,10 +5304,10 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash. Impressionistic &1875 &1925 \end{tabular} -Note that although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the COLS of either of the first row's '\multicolumn' -commands, no rule appears in the first row. +Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule +between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in +the first row here. That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS +part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command. File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Next: \cline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular @@ -5648,12 +5537,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::). Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -produces the output '... source is [1]'. +produces output like '... source is [1]'. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in *note +Using BibTeX::.) The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]'. + In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information +to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' +writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by +BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have +actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. + If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -5661,13 +5558,7 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in '\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to -just run LaTeX again. - - In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information -to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' -writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by -BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have -actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. +run LaTeX again. File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography @@ -6788,15 +6679,17 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. * Menu: -* \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command. -* \providecommand:: Define a new command, if name not used. -* \newcounter:: Define a new counter. -* \newlength:: Define a new length. -* \newsavebox:: Define a new box. +* \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command. +* \providecommand:: Define a new command, if name not used. +* \makeatletter & \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. +* \@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. +* \newcounter:: Define a new counter. +* \newlength:: Define a new length. +* \newsavebox:: Define a new box. * \newenvironment & \renewenvironment:: Define a new environment. -* \newtheorem:: Define a new theorem-like environment. -* \newfont:: Define a new font name. -* \protect:: Using tricky commands. +* \newtheorem:: Define a new theorem-like environment. +* \newfont:: Define a new font name. +* \protect:: Using tricky commands. * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces. @@ -6928,7 +6821,7 @@ put another pair of braces inside the definition: '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \providecommand, Next: \newcounter, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions +File: latex2e.info, Node: \providecommand, Next: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions 12.2 '\providecommand' ====================== @@ -6959,9 +6852,121 @@ outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \providecommand, Up: Definitions +File: latex2e.info, Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Next: \@ifstar, Prev: \providecommand, Up: Definitions + +12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' +===================================== + +Synopsis: -12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter + \makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. + \makeatother + + Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an +at-sign character ''@''. The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the +at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11. The +'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to +code 12, its default value. + + As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +"catcode". For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the +catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily +backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a +command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a +single non-letter symbol). + + LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in +their name. These commands are mainly intended for package or class +writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package +or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their +own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. + + The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code +and then changes it back. Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the +preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@', +by having them surround your definition. Don't use these inside '.sty' +or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands +already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode 11. + + For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. + + In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' +that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the +preamble, before the '\begin{document}'. + + \makeatletter + \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} + \makeatother + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \@ifstar, Next: \newcounter, Prev: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Up: Definitions + +12.4 '\@ifstar' +=============== + +Synopsis: + + \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} + \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY} + \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY} + + Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples +are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and +'\section*' commands. + + When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment +name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As +in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above +as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For +instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the +'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments +but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In +the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They +could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no +arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using +at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' +block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). + + This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant +'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' +will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry +not blue sky". + + \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} + + In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's +'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is +equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, +\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''' + + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% + \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} + + There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work +of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct +'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by +'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has +the 'xparse' package that allows this code. + + \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {STARRED VERSION}% + {UNSTARRED VERSION}% + } + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \@ifstar, Up: Definitions + +12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter ======================================== Synopsis, one of: @@ -7005,7 +7010,7 @@ counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.' File: latex2e.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definitions -12.4 '\newlength' +12.6 '\newlength' ================= Synopsis: @@ -7030,20 +7035,21 @@ name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definitions -12.5 '\newsavebox' +12.7 '\newsavebox' ================== Synopsis: - \newsavebox{CMD} + \newsavebox{\CMD} - Define '\CMD' to refer to a new "bin" for storing boxes. Such a box -is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to measure or -manipulate (*note Boxes::). The required bin name 'CMD' must start with -a backslash, '\', and must not already be defined. This command is -fragile (*note \protect::). + Define \CMD, the string consisting of a backslash followed by CMD, to +refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold material that +has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate +(*note Boxes::). The bin name \CMD is required, must start with a +backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. This command +is fragile (*note \protect::). - The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. + This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. \newsavebox{\logobox} \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo} @@ -7060,7 +7066,7 @@ p.192 of the manual'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definitions -12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' +12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' ============================================ Synopses, one of: @@ -7197,7 +7203,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Up: Definitions -12.7 '\newtheorem' +12.9 '\newtheorem' ================== Synopses: @@ -7312,8 +7318,8 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definitions -12.8 '\newfont' -=============== +12.10 '\newfont' +================ This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old documents. New documents should define fonts in families through @@ -7325,7 +7331,7 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::). \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION} Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font. The -control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin with a +control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash, '\'. The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at @@ -7347,8 +7353,8 @@ each. File: latex2e.info, Node: \protect, Next: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definitions -12.9 '\protect' -=============== +12.11 '\protect' +================ All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands. @@ -7402,7 +7408,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the File: latex2e.info, Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Prev: \protect, Up: Definitions -12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' +12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' ============================================= Synopsis: @@ -7752,24 +7758,30 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Lengths, Next: Making paragraphs, Prev: Counters, A "length" is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. - This shows a box of the given length. + Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not +contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a +"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as +with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length" +while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to +stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. - \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} % make a bar - \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it - XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY + The illustrations below use these two commands. + + % make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide + \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} -It produces a black bar 100 points long between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. + % Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) + \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} - Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" (what Plain TeX calls a -"dimen") such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. -The above example shows a rigid length. A "rubber length" (what Plain -TeX calls a "skip") can contain those components, as with '1cm -plus0.05cm minus0.01cm'. Here the '1cm' is the "natural length" while -the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow the length to -stretch or shrink. +This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long +between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. This length is rigid. - Shrinking is simpler: with '1cm minus 0.05cm', the natural length is -1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as far as + XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY + + As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus +0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two bars. @@ -7787,7 +7799,7 @@ allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than 309 points. Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won't refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110 points between the bars. XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% @@ -7797,10 +7809,9 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars. \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was -specified. In this situation, TeX stretches the space to the required -length, but it complains with a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness -10000) detected at line 22'. (We won't discuss badness; the point is -that the system was not given as much stretch as needed.) +specified. TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives +you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line +22'. (We won't discuss badness.) You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'. @@ -7808,14 +7819,15 @@ plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'. If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the stretch or shrink in proportion. - XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}% left + XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% + \blackbar{100pt}% left \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right -The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another 100. -In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two '\hspace''s must -stretch 20 points. Because the two say 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX -gets 5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another +100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch +20 points. Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets +5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a "fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'. This gives the length infinite @@ -7828,10 +7840,10 @@ distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page. \hspace{0pt plus 1fill} \end{minipage} - TeX actually has three infinite glue components 'fil', 'fill', and -'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones. -Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and -*note \vfill::). + TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', +'fill', and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier +ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note +\hfill:: and *note \vfill::). Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and @@ -7856,8 +7868,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. 'pt' - Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal - places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. + Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two + decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. 'pc' Pica, 12 pt @@ -7922,8 +7934,13 @@ while the second will not. \setlength{\parindent}{0em} He said stop going to those places. - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. + If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you +mistype the above as +'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you +get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'. +If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get +an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> +\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}' File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Lengths @@ -7942,18 +7959,20 @@ understands (*note Units of length::). Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt' - \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? + \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Nurse: no change. then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph. - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave off the -backslash at the start of LEN, as in '\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', -then you get something like 'You can't use `the letter p' after -\advance'. + If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for +example you mistype the above as +'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something +like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave +off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in +'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't +use `the letter p' after \advance'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Lengths @@ -7975,11 +7994,12 @@ the TEXT argument. The length name LEN must begin with a backslash, \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetdepth - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype +the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'. +If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Lengths @@ -8001,11 +8021,12 @@ backslash, '\'. \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetheight - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for +example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you +get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths @@ -8027,11 +8048,12 @@ backslash, '\'. \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetwidth - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype +the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'. +If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top @@ -8039,9 +8061,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengt 15 Making paragraphs ******************** -Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into lines, -in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (*note Line -breaking::). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. @@ -8057,6 +8079,10 @@ breaking::). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, '%'. + Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(*note Line breaking::). + There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the '\end{equation}' @@ -8089,8 +8115,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \par, Next: \indent & \noindent, Up: Making paragra 15.1 '\par' =========== -Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two -consecutive newlines to a '\par'): +Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive +newlines to a '\par'): \par @@ -8104,22 +8130,24 @@ readability. \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{% \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} - The '\par' command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but it -terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode (*note + In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it +terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note Modes::). - You cannot use the '\par' command in math mode or in the argument of -many commands, such as the '\section' command (*note Making paragraphs:: -and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). + You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command +(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). - The '\par' command differs from the '\paragraph' command in that the + The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command. The latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by -the standard LaTeX documents. +the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph & +\subparagraph::). - The '\par' command differs from '\newline' and the line break double -backslash, '\\', in that \par ends the paragraph not just the line. It -also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph vertical space -'\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::). + The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break +double backslash, '\\'. The difference is that '\par' ends the +paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the +between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent & +\parskip::). The output from this example @@ -8246,7 +8274,7 @@ paragraph. Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'. When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for -a note in the the right margin. +a note in the right margin. Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'. @@ -9765,6 +9793,128 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both text and math mode. +* Menu: + +* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box with the same size as the argument. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \smash, Next: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Up: Spacing in math mode + +16.6.1 '\smash' +--------------- + +Synopsis: + + \smash{SUBFORMULA} + + Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero. + + In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash' +command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the +uneven line spacing might be unsightly. + + To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$, + evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$. + + (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) + + This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the +box that LaTeX will put on the line. The '\blackbar' command makes a +bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above. + + \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}} + \fbox{\blackbar} + \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}} + + The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and 10 points deep. +But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero +depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above +and below the line. + + The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size +of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. + + \begin{equation} + \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)} + \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)} + \end{equation} + + Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument +with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom & +\hphantom::). + + While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear +in other contexts. However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode. So +if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as +in the bottom line below. + + xxx xxx xxx + + \smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent + + \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent + + The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control +over smashing a subformula box. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Prev: \smash, Up: Spacing in math mode + +16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' +--------------------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \phantom{SUBFORMULA} + + or + + \vphantom{SUBFORMULA} + + or + + \hphantom{SUBFORMULA} + + The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and +width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to +typeset the box but not its ink. The '\vphantom' variant also produces +an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it +has width zero. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as +SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero. + + Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. + + \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) + + The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box +of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align. + + These commands often are combined with '\smash'. *Note \smash:: for +another example of the use of '\vphantom'. + + The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as +'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note +\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::). In addition, +the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained +control over spacing. + + All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname' +command from the package 'amsmath'. + + While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with '\leavevmode'. + File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Math formulas @@ -9957,15 +10107,15 @@ mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. - Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or -or a 'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not -put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", -LaTeX is in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it -can put page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::). + Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or a +'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a +page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is +in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it can put +page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::). * Menu: -* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active +* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active. File: latex2e.info, Node: \ensuremath, Up: Modes @@ -10074,21 +10224,21 @@ either in the preamble or in the document body. '\thanks{TEXT}' Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author - information for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can + information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It - can be any text so you can use it to print an email address, or for - any purpose. + can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as + to print an email address. '\title{TEXT}' Required. Declare TEXT to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit the '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'. - Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of 'article' in -that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see *note titlepage::. You can either + To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::. You can either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed -'\maketitle' command. +'\maketitle' command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in +place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house +requirements.) File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Page styles @@ -10118,7 +10268,7 @@ numbered '1', etc. \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). 'arabic' - arabic numerals: 1, 2, ... + Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ... 'roman' lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ... @@ -10254,7 +10404,7 @@ or environments. Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::). +chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::). \documentclass{book} \pagestyle{headings} @@ -10613,32 +10763,32 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. - A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, LaTeX -produces white space. That's different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. + When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. \begin{tabular}{l} + One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} -On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with '\hspace'; -*Note \hspace::.) - - The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often -used after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is nice', has the advantage of still working -if the next character is a period.) - - The second common use is that it mark a period as ending an -abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says Prof.\ Smith' -(*note \@::). +On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon. On the second +line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you +end with the same space after the colon as in the first line. LaTeX +would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a +newline and a blank. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note +\hspace::.) + + The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used +after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that +follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But using curly parentheses, as in +'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says +Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::). Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to backslash-space, '\ '. @@ -10957,7 +11107,7 @@ line. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}% -The final two lists use 'fbox' to show what's happening. The third +The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The third list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline @@ -11160,7 +11310,7 @@ Synopsis, one of: \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT} \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is is typeset in LR + Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is typeset in LR mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox' command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -11548,9 +11698,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Color, Next: Graphics, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. - Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands -below will only work if your document preamble contains -'\usepackage{color}', that brings in the standard package. + Color support comes as an additional package. So put +'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands +described here. Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and @@ -12140,9 +12290,9 @@ COMMAND left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}' specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be - treated as an 'eps' file, with the the BoundingBox information - stored in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command - 'gunzip -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file. + treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored + in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip + -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file. Such a command is specific to your platform. In addition, your TeX system must allow you to run external commands; as a security @@ -12490,11 +12640,11 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \rotatebox, Next: \scalebox, Prev: \includegraphics 22.3.2 '\rotatebox' ------------------- -Synopsis for 'graphics' package: +Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package: \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} - Synopses for 'graphicx' package: + Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package: \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} @@ -12524,7 +12674,7 @@ new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this material. If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then then +reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the 'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::). @@ -12535,13 +12685,14 @@ you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top, and 'B' for baseline. Thus, the first line here - \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon} - \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau} + \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon} + \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau} will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives - the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc'.) The default is 'lB'. + the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.) The + default is 'lB'. 'x, y' Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX @@ -13808,10 +13959,9 @@ the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it. The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file 'ROOT-NAME.idx' file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where where PAGE-NUM is the -value of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' -command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh -slate. +'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value +of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' command +is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a message like this. @@ -13886,9 +14036,9 @@ then it is a comment. 'lethead_flag' An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip' - nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive - then at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will - be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is + nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then + at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be + inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. @@ -13973,9 +14123,8 @@ then it is a comment. There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex' does. One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other -languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in -terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +languages. It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms +of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation. File: latex2e.info, Node: \printindex, Prev: makeindex, Up: Indexes @@ -14684,17 +14833,17 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and the name of the input file will be the job name. This is used to - name the log file the output file. This option overrides that - process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line + name the log file the output file. The 'jobname' option overrides + that process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line input:: for an example of its use. '-output-directory=DIRECTORY' Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist. -'shell-escape' -'no-shell-escape' -'enable-write18' -'disable-write18' +'--shell-escape' +'--no-shell-escape' +'--enable-write18' +'--disable-write18' Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'. The first two options are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for MiKTeX. @@ -14747,9 +14896,9 @@ PDF. \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % in body ... -Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex test' +Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book' will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with 'pdflatex -"\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the +"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -14768,7 +14917,7 @@ called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage' does an '\input' of its own.) @@ -14809,8 +14958,8 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: -The simplest thing is to enter '<Contol>' and 'd' (holding them down at -the same time), and just fix the command line. +The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at +the same time), and then retype the correct command line. File: latex2e.info, Node: Document templates, Next: Index, Prev: Command line, Up: Top @@ -15203,8 +15352,8 @@ Index * \arctan: Math functions. (line 15) * \arg: Math functions. (line 18) * \arraycolsep: array. (line 51) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 158) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 164) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 157) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 163) * \ast: Math symbols. (line 38) * \asymp: Math symbols. (line 47) * \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6) @@ -15396,7 +15545,7 @@ Index * \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. (line 6) * \dots: Text symbols. (line 35) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 169) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 168) * \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 185) * \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 189) * \ell: Math symbols. (line 193) @@ -15425,7 +15574,7 @@ Index (line 172) * \exists: Math symbols. (line 212) * \exp: Math functions. (line 48) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 109) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 108) * \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 6) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 31) * \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 39) @@ -15826,7 +15975,7 @@ Index (line 6) * \parallel: Math symbols. (line 508) * \parbox: \parbox. (line 6) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 104) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 103) * \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. (line 6) * \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip. (line 6) @@ -16021,7 +16170,7 @@ Index * \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 81) * \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 6) * \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 121) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 173) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 172) * \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) * \tan: Math functions. (line 105) @@ -16255,9 +16404,11 @@ Index * amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 86) * amsmath package <6>: Dots. (line 37) * amsmath package <7>: Math functions. (line 111) -* amsmath package <8>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 15) +* amsmath package <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 44) * amsmath package <9>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 15) +* amsmath package <10>: Colon character & \colon. (line 19) * amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6) * amsthm package: theorem. (line 28) @@ -16347,7 +16498,7 @@ Index * breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 6) * breve accent: Accents. (line 85) * breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17) -* bug reporting: About this document. (line 21) +* bug reporting: About this document. (line 29) * bullet lists: itemize. (line 6) * bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 113) * bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 93) @@ -16357,9 +16508,9 @@ Index * cap height: Text symbols. (line 101) * caron accent: Accents. (line 89) * catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 18) + (line 19) * category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 18) + (line 19) * cc: Units of length. (line 33) * cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6) * cedilla accent: Accents. (line 59) @@ -16374,7 +16525,9 @@ Index * chapter: Sectioning. (line 6) * chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 6) * character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 18) + (line 19) +* character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) * characters, accented: Accents. (line 6) * characters, case of: Upper and lower case. (line 6) @@ -16398,7 +16551,7 @@ Index * class and package structure: Class and package structure. (line 6) * class file example: Class and package structure. - (line 36) + (line 39) * class file layout: Class and package structure. (line 6) * class options: Document class options. @@ -16650,14 +16803,14 @@ Index * feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 144) * figure environment: figure. (line 6) * figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 108) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 107) * figures, inserting: figure. (line 6) * file, root: Splitting the input. (line 10) * filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 6) * filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 6) * final option: Document class options. (line 49) -* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 33) +* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 41) * fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 96) * flafter package: Floats. (line 82) * fleqn option: Document class options. @@ -16694,7 +16847,7 @@ Index (line 6) * footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes. (line 6) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 108) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 107) * footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6) * Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 62) * footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 24) @@ -16757,6 +16910,8 @@ Index * home page for manual: About this document. (line 6) * horizontal space: \hss. (line 6) * horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 6) +* horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) * hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 67) * hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 48) * hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 57) @@ -16780,7 +16935,7 @@ Index * inch: Units of length. (line 17) * including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 6) * indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent. (line 6) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 104) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 103) * indentfirst package: \part. (line 50) * indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 58) * indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 60) @@ -16808,6 +16963,8 @@ Index * inserting figures: figure. (line 6) * insertions of special characters: Special insertions. (line 6) * internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 38) +* invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) * italic correction: \/. (line 6) * italic font: Font styles. (line 81) * itemize environment: itemize. (line 6) @@ -16838,11 +16995,11 @@ Index * latex command: Output files. (line 10) * LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 22) * LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 6) -* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 17) -* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 13) -* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 30) +* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 25) +* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 21) +* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 38) * LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 25) -* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. (line 17) +* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. (line 25) * Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) * layout commands: Layout. (line 6) @@ -16919,7 +17076,7 @@ Index * LR box: picture. (line 103) * LR mode: Modes. (line 16) * lrbox: lrbox. (line 6) -* lshort document: About this document. (line 41) +* lshort document: About this document. (line 49) * ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 6) * lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 30) * LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 30) @@ -16928,7 +17085,7 @@ Index * macron accent: Accents. (line 34) * macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) * macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 39) + (line 43) * Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6) * make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) * makeindex: makeindex. (line 6) @@ -16950,11 +17107,17 @@ Index * math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 6) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. (line 6) +* math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) +* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 6) * math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6) * math, bold: Font styles. (line 128) * mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 86) * mathtools package <1>: Over- and Underlining. (line 45) +* mathtools package <2>: \smash. (line 61) +* mathtools package <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 36) * MetaPost package: \line. (line 36) * mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case. (line 45) @@ -17064,9 +17227,11 @@ Index * package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 86) * package, amsmath <6>: Dots. (line 37) * package, amsmath <7>: Math functions. (line 111) -* package, amsmath <8>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 15) +* package, amsmath <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 44) * package, amsmath <9>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 15) +* package, amsmath <10>: Colon character & \colon. (line 19) * package, amsthm: theorem. (line 28) * package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 18) @@ -17124,10 +17289,13 @@ Index * package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 31) * package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 42) * package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 39) + (line 43) * package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 86) * package, mathtools <1>: Over- and Underlining. (line 45) +* package, mathtools <2>: \smash. (line 61) +* package, mathtools <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 36) * package, MetaPost: \line. (line 36) * package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case. (line 45) @@ -17191,7 +17359,7 @@ Index (line 6) * paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. (line 6) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 104) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 103) * paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 6) * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote. (line 6) @@ -17277,7 +17445,7 @@ Index * relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 6) * remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) * report class: Document classes. (line 11) -* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 21) +* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 29) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * resizing: \scalebox. (line 6) * resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) @@ -17366,6 +17534,8 @@ Index (line 6) * spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 6) * spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 6) +* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) * Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 144) * special characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. @@ -17520,13 +17690,13 @@ Index * underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 187) * Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 6) * units, of length: Units of length. (line 6) -* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 17) +* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 25) * unordered lists: itemize. (line 6) * uppercase: Upper and lower case. (line 6) * url package: \verb. (line 38) * using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6) -* usrguide official documentation: About this document. (line 36) +* usrguide official documentation: About this document. (line 44) * UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 6) * variables, a list of: Counters. (line 6) * vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 41) @@ -17542,6 +17712,9 @@ Index * vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 6) * vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip. (line 6) +* vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 6) +* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 6) * visible space: \verb. (line 31) * visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 190) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. @@ -17564,504 +17737,505 @@ Index Tag Table: -Node: Top1701 -Node: About this document3519 -Node: Overview5371 -Node: Starting and ending6920 -Ref: Starting & ending7055 -Node: Output files8232 -Ref: output files dvi8511 -Ref: output files pdf9022 -Ref: output files log9345 -Ref: output files aux9542 -Node: TeX engines10511 -Ref: tex engines latex10860 -Ref: tex engines lualatex11692 -Ref: tex engines xelatex12177 -Node: LaTeX command syntax12981 -Node: Environment14824 -Node: Declaration15893 -Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother16277 -Node: \@ifstar18429 -Node: CTAN21214 -Node: Document classes22616 -Ref: document classes article23056 -Ref: document classes book23144 -Ref: document classes letter23329 -Ref: document classes report23405 -Ref: document classes slides23557 -Node: Document class options23939 -Node: Additional packages27021 -Node: Class and package construction27652 -Node: Class and package structure29102 -Node: Class and package commands31393 -Node: Fonts49007 -Ref: Typefaces49110 -Node: Font styles49438 -Node: Font sizes53703 -Node: Low-level font commands55322 -Ref: low level font commands fontencoding55606 -Ref: low level font commands fontfamily56162 -Ref: low level font commands fontseries56927 -Ref: low level font commands fontshape58079 -Ref: low level font commands fontsize58376 -Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch58901 -Ref: low level font commands linespread59610 -Ref: low level font commands selectfont59860 -Ref: low level font commands usefont60186 -Node: Layout60429 -Node: \onecolumn60927 -Node: \twocolumn61286 -Ref: twocolumn columnsep61909 -Ref: twocolumn columnseprule62158 -Ref: twocolumn columnwidth62454 -Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction63020 -Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction63963 -Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep64210 -Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep64515 -Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber64698 -Node: \flushbottom65663 -Node: \raggedbottom66763 -Node: Page layout parameters67299 -Ref: page layout parameters columnsep67502 -Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule67502 -Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth67502 -Ref: page layout parameters headheight67756 -Ref: page layout parameters headsep67923 -Ref: page layout parameters footskip68236 -Ref: page layout parameters linewidth68570 -Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush68923 -Ref: page layout parameters marginsep68923 -Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth68923 -Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin69963 -Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin69963 -Ref: page layout parameters paperheight70500 -Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth70726 -Ref: page layout parameters textheight70950 -Ref: page layout parameters textwidth71339 -Ref: page layout parameters hsize72268 -Ref: page layout parameters topmargin72474 -Ref: page layout parameters topskip72778 -Node: Floats72994 -Ref: floats bottomfraction77362 -Ref: floats floatpagefraction77489 -Ref: floats textfraction77600 -Ref: floats topfraction77802 -Ref: floats floatsep78054 -Ref: floats intextsep78164 -Ref: floats textfloatsep78379 -Ref: floats bottomnumber78643 -Ref: floats dbltopnumber78751 -Ref: floats topnumber78870 -Ref: floats totalnumber78974 -Node: Sectioning79503 -Ref: sectioning secnumdepth82236 -Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth82236 -Ref: sectioning tocdepth82837 -Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth82837 -Node: \part83882 -Node: \chapter86058 -Node: \section89832 -Node: \subsection93099 -Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph95813 -Node: \appendix98470 -Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter99760 -Node: \@startsection101101 -Ref: startsection name102478 -Ref: \@startsection/name102478 -Ref: startsection level102932 -Ref: \@startsection/level102932 -Ref: startsection indent103812 -Ref: \@startsection/indent103812 -Ref: startsection beforeskip104075 -Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip104075 -Ref: startsection afterskip105596 -Ref: \@startsection/afterskip105596 -Ref: startsection style106907 -Ref: \@startsection/style106907 -Node: Cross references110613 -Node: \label112706 -Node: \pageref114526 -Node: \ref115316 -Node: Environments116292 -Node: abstract118294 -Node: array119883 -Node: center122775 -Node: \centering124527 -Node: description126024 -Node: displaymath128239 -Node: document130026 -Node: \AtBeginDocument130456 -Node: \AtEndDocument131080 -Node: enumerate131724 -Ref: enumerate enumi133587 -Ref: enumerate enumii133587 -Ref: enumerate enumiii133587 -Ref: enumerate enumiv133587 -Ref: enumerate labelenumi133985 -Ref: enumerate labelenumii133985 -Ref: enumerate labelenumiii133985 -Ref: enumerate labelenumiv133985 -Node: eqnarray134524 -Node: equation136519 -Node: figure137187 -Node: filecontents139341 -Node: flushleft141088 -Node: \raggedright142105 -Node: flushright143303 -Node: \raggedleft144039 -Node: itemize144829 -Ref: itemize labelitemi146051 -Ref: itemize labelitemii146051 -Ref: itemize labelitemiii146051 -Ref: itemize labelitemiv146051 -Ref: itemize leftmargin146893 -Ref: itemize leftmargini146893 -Ref: itemize leftmarginii146893 -Ref: itemize leftmarginiii146893 -Ref: itemize leftmarginiv146893 -Ref: itemize leftmarginv146893 -Ref: itemize leftmarginvi146893 -Node: letter148297 -Node: list148535 -Ref: list makelabel150980 -Ref: list itemindent152364 -Ref: list itemsep152501 -Ref: list labelsep153153 -Ref: list labelwidth153316 -Ref: list leftmargin154327 -Ref: list listparindent155180 -Ref: list parsep155411 -Ref: list partopsep155914 -Ref: list rightmargin156712 -Ref: list topsep156897 -Ref: list beginparpenalty160472 -Ref: list itempenalty160571 -Ref: list endparpenalty160675 -Node: \item161547 -Node: trivlist162798 -Node: math164326 -Node: minipage164632 -Node: picture169910 -Node: \put176379 -Node: \multiput176944 -Node: \qbezier177683 -Node: \graphpaper178608 -Node: \line179402 -Node: \linethickness181366 -Node: \thinlines181815 -Node: \thicklines182226 -Node: \circle182610 -Node: \oval183150 -Node: \shortstack184126 -Node: \vector185523 -Node: \makebox (picture)186439 -Node: \framebox (picture)187621 -Node: \frame189094 -Node: \dashbox189534 -Node: quotation & quote190669 -Node: tabbing191565 -Node: table197558 -Node: tabular199651 -Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth205995 -Ref: tabular arraystrech206235 -Ref: tabular doublerulesep206456 -Ref: tabular tabcolsep206592 -Node: \multicolumn207113 -Node: \vline210972 -Node: \cline212363 -Node: \hline213073 -Node: thebibliography213755 -Node: \bibitem216165 -Node: \cite218440 -Node: \nocite220090 -Node: Using BibTeX220574 -Node: theorem222729 -Node: titlepage223651 -Node: verbatim224934 -Node: \verb226444 -Node: verse228264 -Node: Line breaking229491 -Node: \\230857 -Node: \obeycr & \restorecr233290 -Node: \newline234084 -Node: \- (hyphenation)235113 -Node: \discretionary236751 -Node: \fussy & \sloppy237639 -Node: sloppypar238422 -Node: \hyphenation239568 -Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak240162 -Node: Page breaking241309 -Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage243338 -Node: \newpage244858 -Node: \enlargethispage246156 -Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak247112 -Node: Footnotes248778 -Node: \footnote249924 -Ref: footnote footnoterule251192 -Ref: footnote footnotesep251803 -Node: \footnotemark252869 -Node: \footnotetext255208 -Node: Footnotes in section headings255809 -Node: Footnotes in a table256642 -Node: Footnotes of footnotes259564 -Node: Definitions260268 -Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand261145 -Node: \providecommand266375 -Node: \newcounter267521 -Node: \newlength269248 -Node: \newsavebox270070 -Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment270986 -Node: \newtheorem276310 -Node: \newfont279882 -Node: \protect281118 -Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend283504 -Node: Counters286242 -Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol287943 -Node: \usecounter290597 -Node: \value291456 -Node: \setcounter292509 -Node: \addtocounter293105 -Node: \refstepcounter293559 -Node: \stepcounter294228 -Node: \day & \month & \year294774 -Node: Lengths295585 -Node: Units of length299938 -Ref: units of length pt300141 -Ref: units of length pc300263 -Ref: units of length in300286 -Ref: units of length bp300312 -Ref: units of length cm300443 -Ref: units of length mm300465 -Ref: units of length dd300487 -Ref: units of length cc300519 -Ref: units of length sp300544 -Ref: Lengths/em300575 -Ref: Lengths/en300575 -Ref: Lengths/ex300575 -Ref: units of length em300575 -Ref: units of length en300575 -Ref: units of length ex300575 -Node: \setlength301431 -Node: \addtolength302208 -Node: \settodepth303170 -Node: \settoheight303960 -Node: \settowidth304754 -Node: Making paragraphs305533 -Node: \par307182 -Node: \indent & \noindent309027 -Node: \parindent & \parskip310561 -Node: Marginal notes311596 -Ref: marginal notes marginparpush312996 -Ref: marginal notes marginparsep313109 -Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth313241 -Node: Math formulas313590 -Node: Subscripts & superscripts317758 -Node: Math symbols319916 -Node: Blackboard bold346083 -Node: Calligraphic346855 -Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath347427 -Node: Dots348941 -Ref: ellipses cdots349363 -Ref: ellipses ddots349510 -Ref: ellipses ldots349599 -Ref: ellipses vdots350020 -Node: Math functions351206 -Node: Math accents352850 -Node: Over- and Underlining353749 -Node: Spacing in math mode355576 -Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace356508 -Ref: spacing in math mode medspace356600 -Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace356696 -Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace356696 -Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace357177 -Ref: spacing in math mode quad357375 -Ref: spacing in math mode qquad357631 -Node: Math miscellany357729 -Node: Colon character & \colon358288 -Node: \*358981 -Node: \frac359565 -Node: \left & \right359945 -Node: \sqrt361119 -Node: \stackrel361714 -Node: Modes361987 -Ref: modes paragraph mode362437 -Ref: modes lr mode362633 -Ref: modes math mode363239 -Ref: modes vertical mode363574 -Ref: modes internal vertical mode363745 -Ref: modes inner paragraph mode364218 -Ref: modes outer paragraph mode364218 -Node: \ensuremath364634 -Node: Page styles365339 -Node: \maketitle366102 -Node: \pagenumbering369112 -Node: \pagestyle371100 -Node: \thispagestyle374602 -Node: Spaces375559 -Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad377000 -Node: \hspace377914 -Node: \hfill379752 -Node: \hss380816 -Node: \spacefactor381510 -Node: \@384897 -Ref: \AT384997 -Node: \frenchspacing386937 -Node: \normalsfcodes387772 -Node: \(SPACE)388019 -Node: ~389654 -Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace392124 -Node: \/393067 -Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill394373 -Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip395729 -Ref: bigskip396547 -Ref: medskip396751 -Ref: smallskip396960 -Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak397621 -Node: \strut398607 -Node: \vspace401801 -Node: \vfill403364 -Node: \addvspace404292 -Node: Boxes406290 -Node: \mbox & \makebox406996 -Ref: mbox makebox depth408211 -Ref: mbox makebox height408211 -Ref: mbox makebox width408211 -Ref: mbox makebox totalheight408211 -Node: \fbox & \framebox410305 -Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule411618 -Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep411808 -Node: \parbox412897 -Node: \raisebox415201 -Ref: raisebox depth416164 -Ref: raisebox height416164 -Ref: raisebox width416164 -Ref: raisebox totalheight416164 -Node: \sbox & \savebox416878 -Node: lrbox419844 -Node: \usebox420666 -Node: Color421072 -Node: Color package options421916 -Node: Color models423562 -Ref: color models cmyk424359 -Ref: color models gray424722 -Ref: color models rgb424871 -Ref: color models RGB425208 -Ref: color models named425583 -Node: Commands for color425871 -Node: Define colors426286 -Node: Colored text427011 -Node: Colored boxes429409 -Node: Colored pages430798 -Node: Graphics431491 -Node: Graphics package options433618 -Node: Graphics package configuration436371 -Node: \graphicspath437173 -Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions440064 -Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule441832 -Node: Commands for graphics445018 -Node: \includegraphics445523 -Ref: includegraphics width450573 -Ref: includegraphics height451104 -Ref: includegraphics totalheght451510 -Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio451774 -Ref: includegraphics viewport453460 -Ref: includegraphics trim453830 -Ref: includegraphics clip454286 -Ref: includegraphics page454546 -Ref: includegraphics pagebox454637 -Ref: includegraphics interpolate455502 -Ref: includegraphics quiet455707 -Ref: includegraphics draft455868 -Ref: includegraphics bb456673 -Ref: includegraphics bbllx457071 -Ref: includegraphics bblly457071 -Ref: includegraphics bburx457071 -Ref: includegraphics bbury457071 -Ref: includegraphics natwidth457213 -Ref: includegraphics natheight457213 -Ref: includegraphics hiresbb457399 -Ref: includegraphics type458161 -Ref: includegraphics ext458201 -Ref: includegraphics read458304 -Ref: includegraphics command458421 -Node: \rotatebox458666 -Node: \scalebox461497 -Node: \resizebox462553 -Node: Special insertions463745 -Node: Reserved characters464547 -Node: Upper and lower case465749 -Node: Symbols by font position467664 -Node: Text symbols468284 -Node: Accents472285 -Node: Additional Latin letters474300 -Ref: Non-English characters474471 -Node: \rule475488 -Node: \today476660 -Node: Splitting the input477596 -Node: \endinput479337 -Node: \include & \includeonly480604 -Node: \input484826 -Node: Front/back matter486041 -Node: Table of contents etc.486374 -Node: \addcontentsline490110 -Node: \addtocontents492952 -Node: \nofiles494543 -Node: Indexes495275 -Node: \index496903 -Node: makeindex502018 -Ref: makeindex preamble503686 -Ref: makeindex postamble503826 -Ref: makeindex group skip503911 -Ref: makeindex letheadflag504231 -Ref: makeindex lethead prefix504695 -Ref: makeindex lethead suffix504847 -Ref: makeindex item 0504995 -Ref: makeindex item 1505075 -Ref: makeindex item 2505150 -Ref: makeindex item 01505228 -Ref: makeindex item x1505333 -Ref: makeindex item 12505538 -Ref: makeindex item x2505646 -Ref: makeindex delim 0505806 -Ref: makeindex delim 1505936 -Ref: makeindex delim 2506066 -Ref: makeindex delim n506192 -Ref: makeindex delim r506327 -Ref: makeindex line max506435 -Ref: makeindex indent space506570 -Ref: makeindex indent length506665 -Ref: makeindex page precedence506850 -Node: \printindex507724 -Node: Glossaries508196 -Node: \newglossaryentry510163 -Node: \gls511632 -Node: Letters512426 -Node: \address516053 -Node: \cc516864 -Node: \closing517306 -Node: \encl517620 -Node: \location518034 -Node: \makelabels518298 -Node: \name520615 -Node: \opening520856 -Node: \ps521137 -Node: \signature521426 -Node: \telephone522654 -Node: Terminal input/output523019 -Node: \typein523284 -Node: \typeout524533 -Node: Command line525577 -Node: Command line options527635 -Node: Command line input531177 -Node: Recovering from errors533041 -Node: Document templates534375 -Node: beamer template534820 -Node: article template535474 -Node: book template535901 -Node: Larger book template536382 -Node: tugboat template537868 -Node: Index540239 -Ref: Command Index540325 +Node: Top1837 +Node: About this document3658 +Node: Overview5906 +Node: Starting and ending7529 +Ref: Starting & ending7664 +Node: Output files8841 +Ref: output files dvi9120 +Ref: output files pdf9631 +Ref: output files log9954 +Ref: output files aux10151 +Node: TeX engines11120 +Ref: tex engines latex11469 +Ref: tex engines lualatex12301 +Ref: tex engines xelatex12786 +Node: LaTeX command syntax13590 +Node: Environment15516 +Node: CTAN16722 +Node: Document classes18123 +Ref: document classes article18563 +Ref: document classes book18651 +Ref: document classes letter18836 +Ref: document classes report18912 +Ref: document classes slides19064 +Node: Document class options19446 +Node: Additional packages22528 +Node: Class and package construction23159 +Node: Class and package structure24609 +Node: Class and package commands26903 +Node: Fonts44517 +Ref: Typefaces44620 +Node: Font styles44948 +Node: Font sizes49213 +Node: Low-level font commands50832 +Ref: low level font commands fontencoding51116 +Ref: low level font commands fontfamily51672 +Ref: low level font commands fontseries52437 +Ref: low level font commands fontshape53589 +Ref: low level font commands fontsize53886 +Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch54411 +Ref: low level font commands linespread55120 +Ref: low level font commands selectfont55370 +Ref: low level font commands usefont55696 +Node: Layout55939 +Node: \onecolumn56437 +Node: \twocolumn56796 +Ref: twocolumn columnsep57419 +Ref: twocolumn columnseprule57668 +Ref: twocolumn columnwidth57964 +Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction58530 +Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction59473 +Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep59720 +Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep60025 +Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber60208 +Node: \flushbottom61173 +Node: \raggedbottom62273 +Node: Page layout parameters62809 +Ref: page layout parameters columnsep63012 +Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule63012 +Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth63012 +Ref: page layout parameters headheight63266 +Ref: page layout parameters headsep63433 +Ref: page layout parameters footskip63746 +Ref: page layout parameters linewidth64080 +Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush64433 +Ref: page layout parameters marginsep64433 +Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth64433 +Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin65473 +Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin65473 +Ref: page layout parameters paperheight66010 +Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth66236 +Ref: page layout parameters textheight66460 +Ref: page layout parameters textwidth66849 +Ref: page layout parameters hsize67778 +Ref: page layout parameters topmargin67984 +Ref: page layout parameters topskip68288 +Node: Floats68504 +Ref: floats bottomfraction72872 +Ref: floats floatpagefraction72999 +Ref: floats textfraction73110 +Ref: floats topfraction73312 +Ref: floats floatsep73564 +Ref: floats intextsep73674 +Ref: floats textfloatsep73889 +Ref: floats bottomnumber74153 +Ref: floats dbltopnumber74261 +Ref: floats topnumber74380 +Ref: floats totalnumber74484 +Node: Sectioning75013 +Ref: sectioning secnumdepth77746 +Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth77746 +Ref: sectioning tocdepth78347 +Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth78347 +Node: \part79392 +Node: \chapter81568 +Node: \section85342 +Node: \subsection88609 +Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph91323 +Node: \appendix93980 +Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter95270 +Node: \@startsection96611 +Ref: startsection name97988 +Ref: \@startsection/name97988 +Ref: startsection level98442 +Ref: \@startsection/level98442 +Ref: startsection indent99322 +Ref: \@startsection/indent99322 +Ref: startsection beforeskip99585 +Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip99585 +Ref: startsection afterskip101106 +Ref: \@startsection/afterskip101106 +Ref: startsection style102417 +Ref: \@startsection/style102417 +Node: Cross references106123 +Node: \label108216 +Node: \pageref110036 +Node: \ref110826 +Node: Environments111802 +Node: abstract113804 +Node: array115393 +Node: center118285 +Node: \centering120037 +Node: description121534 +Node: displaymath123749 +Node: document125536 +Node: \AtBeginDocument125966 +Node: \AtEndDocument126590 +Node: enumerate127234 +Ref: enumerate enumi129097 +Ref: enumerate enumii129097 +Ref: enumerate enumiii129097 +Ref: enumerate enumiv129097 +Ref: enumerate labelenumi129495 +Ref: enumerate labelenumii129495 +Ref: enumerate labelenumiii129495 +Ref: enumerate labelenumiv129495 +Node: eqnarray130034 +Node: equation132029 +Node: figure132697 +Node: filecontents134851 +Node: flushleft136598 +Node: \raggedright137615 +Node: flushright138813 +Node: \raggedleft139549 +Node: itemize140339 +Ref: itemize labelitemi141561 +Ref: itemize labelitemii141561 +Ref: itemize labelitemiii141561 +Ref: itemize labelitemiv141561 +Ref: itemize leftmargin142403 +Ref: itemize leftmargini142403 +Ref: itemize leftmarginii142403 +Ref: itemize leftmarginiii142403 +Ref: itemize leftmarginiv142403 +Ref: itemize leftmarginv142403 +Ref: itemize leftmarginvi142403 +Node: letter143807 +Node: list144045 +Ref: list makelabel146490 +Ref: list itemindent147874 +Ref: list itemsep148011 +Ref: list labelsep148663 +Ref: list labelwidth148826 +Ref: list leftmargin149837 +Ref: list listparindent150690 +Ref: list parsep150921 +Ref: list partopsep151424 +Ref: list rightmargin152222 +Ref: list topsep152407 +Ref: list beginparpenalty155982 +Ref: list itempenalty156081 +Ref: list endparpenalty156185 +Node: \item157057 +Node: trivlist158305 +Node: math159833 +Node: minipage160139 +Node: picture165416 +Node: \put171885 +Node: \multiput172450 +Node: \qbezier173189 +Node: \graphpaper174114 +Node: \line174908 +Node: \linethickness176872 +Node: \thinlines177321 +Node: \thicklines177732 +Node: \circle178116 +Node: \oval178656 +Node: \shortstack179632 +Node: \vector181029 +Node: \makebox (picture)181945 +Node: \framebox (picture)183127 +Node: \frame184600 +Node: \dashbox185040 +Node: quotation & quote186175 +Node: tabbing187071 +Node: table193064 +Node: tabular195157 +Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth201486 +Ref: tabular arraystrech201726 +Ref: tabular doublerulesep201947 +Ref: tabular tabcolsep202083 +Node: \multicolumn202604 +Node: \vline206480 +Node: \cline207871 +Node: \hline208581 +Node: thebibliography209263 +Node: \bibitem211673 +Node: \cite213948 +Node: \nocite215703 +Node: Using BibTeX216187 +Node: theorem218342 +Node: titlepage219264 +Node: verbatim220547 +Node: \verb222057 +Node: verse223877 +Node: Line breaking225104 +Node: \\226470 +Node: \obeycr & \restorecr228903 +Node: \newline229697 +Node: \- (hyphenation)230726 +Node: \discretionary232364 +Node: \fussy & \sloppy233252 +Node: sloppypar234035 +Node: \hyphenation235181 +Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak235775 +Node: Page breaking236922 +Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage238951 +Node: \newpage240471 +Node: \enlargethispage241769 +Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak242725 +Node: Footnotes244391 +Node: \footnote245537 +Ref: footnote footnoterule246805 +Ref: footnote footnotesep247416 +Node: \footnotemark248482 +Node: \footnotetext250821 +Node: Footnotes in section headings251422 +Node: Footnotes in a table252255 +Node: Footnotes of footnotes255177 +Node: Definitions255881 +Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand256857 +Node: \providecommand262087 +Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother263250 +Node: \@ifstar265398 +Node: \newcounter268217 +Node: \newlength269937 +Node: \newsavebox270759 +Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment271738 +Node: \newtheorem277062 +Node: \newfont280634 +Node: \protect281867 +Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend284255 +Node: Counters286993 +Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol288694 +Node: \usecounter291348 +Node: \value292207 +Node: \setcounter293260 +Node: \addtocounter293856 +Node: \refstepcounter294310 +Node: \stepcounter294979 +Node: \day & \month & \year295525 +Node: Lengths296336 +Node: Units of length300805 +Ref: units of length pt301008 +Ref: units of length pc301131 +Ref: units of length in301154 +Ref: units of length bp301180 +Ref: units of length cm301311 +Ref: units of length mm301333 +Ref: units of length dd301355 +Ref: units of length cc301387 +Ref: units of length sp301412 +Ref: Lengths/em301443 +Ref: Lengths/en301443 +Ref: Lengths/ex301443 +Ref: units of length em301443 +Ref: units of length en301443 +Ref: units of length ex301443 +Node: \setlength302299 +Node: \addtolength303384 +Node: \settodepth304459 +Node: \settoheight305337 +Node: \settowidth306230 +Node: Making paragraphs307098 +Node: \par308869 +Node: \indent & \noindent310816 +Node: \parindent & \parskip312350 +Node: Marginal notes313385 +Ref: marginal notes marginparpush314781 +Ref: marginal notes marginparsep314894 +Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth315026 +Node: Math formulas315375 +Node: Subscripts & superscripts319543 +Node: Math symbols321701 +Node: Blackboard bold347868 +Node: Calligraphic348640 +Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath349212 +Node: Dots350726 +Ref: ellipses cdots351148 +Ref: ellipses ddots351295 +Ref: ellipses ldots351384 +Ref: ellipses vdots351805 +Node: Math functions352991 +Node: Math accents354635 +Node: Over- and Underlining355534 +Node: Spacing in math mode357361 +Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace358293 +Ref: spacing in math mode medspace358385 +Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace358481 +Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace358481 +Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace358962 +Ref: spacing in math mode quad359160 +Ref: spacing in math mode qquad359416 +Node: \smash359694 +Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom361911 +Node: Math miscellany363948 +Node: Colon character & \colon364507 +Node: \*365200 +Node: \frac365784 +Node: \left & \right366164 +Node: \sqrt367338 +Node: \stackrel367933 +Node: Modes368206 +Ref: modes paragraph mode368656 +Ref: modes lr mode368852 +Ref: modes math mode369458 +Ref: modes vertical mode369793 +Ref: modes internal vertical mode369964 +Ref: modes inner paragraph mode370437 +Ref: modes outer paragraph mode370437 +Node: \ensuremath370851 +Node: Page styles371556 +Node: \maketitle372319 +Node: \pagenumbering375336 +Node: \pagestyle377324 +Node: \thispagestyle380826 +Node: Spaces381780 +Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad383221 +Node: \hspace384135 +Node: \hfill385973 +Node: \hss387037 +Node: \spacefactor387731 +Node: \@391118 +Ref: \AT391218 +Node: \frenchspacing393158 +Node: \normalsfcodes393993 +Node: \(SPACE)394240 +Node: ~396004 +Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace398474 +Node: \/399417 +Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill400723 +Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip402079 +Ref: bigskip402897 +Ref: medskip403101 +Ref: smallskip403310 +Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak403971 +Node: \strut404957 +Node: \vspace408152 +Node: \vfill409715 +Node: \addvspace410643 +Node: Boxes412641 +Node: \mbox & \makebox413347 +Ref: mbox makebox depth414559 +Ref: mbox makebox height414559 +Ref: mbox makebox width414559 +Ref: mbox makebox totalheight414559 +Node: \fbox & \framebox416653 +Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule417966 +Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep418156 +Node: \parbox419245 +Node: \raisebox421549 +Ref: raisebox depth422512 +Ref: raisebox height422512 +Ref: raisebox width422512 +Ref: raisebox totalheight422512 +Node: \sbox & \savebox423226 +Node: lrbox426192 +Node: \usebox427014 +Node: Color427420 +Node: Color package options428219 +Node: Color models429865 +Ref: color models cmyk430662 +Ref: color models gray431025 +Ref: color models rgb431174 +Ref: color models RGB431511 +Ref: color models named431886 +Node: Commands for color432174 +Node: Define colors432589 +Node: Colored text433314 +Node: Colored boxes435712 +Node: Colored pages437101 +Node: Graphics437794 +Node: Graphics package options439921 +Node: Graphics package configuration442674 +Node: \graphicspath443476 +Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions446367 +Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule448135 +Node: Commands for graphics451317 +Node: \includegraphics451822 +Ref: includegraphics width456872 +Ref: includegraphics height457403 +Ref: includegraphics totalheght457809 +Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio458073 +Ref: includegraphics viewport459759 +Ref: includegraphics trim460129 +Ref: includegraphics clip460585 +Ref: includegraphics page460845 +Ref: includegraphics pagebox460936 +Ref: includegraphics interpolate461801 +Ref: includegraphics quiet462006 +Ref: includegraphics draft462167 +Ref: includegraphics bb462972 +Ref: includegraphics bbllx463370 +Ref: includegraphics bblly463370 +Ref: includegraphics bburx463370 +Ref: includegraphics bbury463370 +Ref: includegraphics natwidth463512 +Ref: includegraphics natheight463512 +Ref: includegraphics hiresbb463698 +Ref: includegraphics type464460 +Ref: includegraphics ext464500 +Ref: includegraphics read464603 +Ref: includegraphics command464720 +Node: \rotatebox464965 +Node: \scalebox467819 +Node: \resizebox468875 +Node: Special insertions470067 +Node: Reserved characters470869 +Node: Upper and lower case472071 +Node: Symbols by font position473986 +Node: Text symbols474606 +Node: Accents478607 +Node: Additional Latin letters480622 +Ref: Non-English characters480793 +Node: \rule481810 +Node: \today482982 +Node: Splitting the input483918 +Node: \endinput485659 +Node: \include & \includeonly486926 +Node: \input491148 +Node: Front/back matter492363 +Node: Table of contents etc.492696 +Node: \addcontentsline496432 +Node: \addtocontents499274 +Node: \nofiles500865 +Node: Indexes501597 +Node: \index503225 +Node: makeindex508334 +Ref: makeindex preamble510002 +Ref: makeindex postamble510142 +Ref: makeindex group skip510227 +Ref: makeindex letheadflag510547 +Ref: makeindex lethead prefix511008 +Ref: makeindex lethead suffix511160 +Ref: makeindex item 0511308 +Ref: makeindex item 1511388 +Ref: makeindex item 2511463 +Ref: makeindex item 01511541 +Ref: makeindex item x1511646 +Ref: makeindex item 12511851 +Ref: makeindex item x2511959 +Ref: makeindex delim 0512119 +Ref: makeindex delim 1512249 +Ref: makeindex delim 2512379 +Ref: makeindex delim n512505 +Ref: makeindex delim r512640 +Ref: makeindex line max512748 +Ref: makeindex indent space512883 +Ref: makeindex indent length512978 +Ref: makeindex page precedence513163 +Node: \printindex514037 +Node: Glossaries514509 +Node: \newglossaryentry516476 +Node: \gls517945 +Node: Letters518739 +Node: \address522366 +Node: \cc523177 +Node: \closing523619 +Node: \encl523933 +Node: \location524347 +Node: \makelabels524611 +Node: \name526928 +Node: \opening527169 +Node: \ps527450 +Node: \signature527739 +Node: \telephone528967 +Node: Terminal input/output529332 +Node: \typein529597 +Node: \typeout530846 +Node: Command line531890 +Node: Command line options533948 +Node: Command line input537507 +Node: Recovering from errors539370 +Node: Document templates540716 +Node: beamer template541161 +Node: article template541815 +Node: book template542242 +Node: Larger book template542723 +Node: tugboat template544209 +Node: Index546580 +Ref: Command Index546666 End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index 5045fa5a6df..ea8730ed199 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,157 @@ +2018-10-15 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * NEWS Version for CTAN + +2018-10-14 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * easyurls.py Make links be to latexref.xyz + * mirroring.html Make links be to latexref.xyz + * writing.html Make links be to latexref.xyz + +2018-10-14 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * easyurls.py Broken link in header to index.html. + * writing.html Minor wording change. + +2018-10-13 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * index.html Link to writing.html. + * latex2e.texi Minor wording changes. + * mirroring.html Wording changes. Suggest url "latexref/" rather than + "latexrefman/" as it is shorter and matches latexref.xyz. + * writing.html Shorten some parts, fix list bullets. + +2018-10-12 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Fix overfull lines in PDF. + +2018-10-12 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add \phantom, etc. Move it and \smash to menu + under Spacing in math mode. + * keeptrack.csv Mark \phantom, \vphantom as done (\hphantom not there). + * Makefile Change svn commands in commitready target. + +2018-10-10 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi New entry for \smash, starting from Bob's upload. + Change to October. + * keeptrack.csv Mark \smash as done. + * Makefile Commented out commitready target as it did work for the + addtion of _005csmash.html and bs-smash.html. + +2018-10-07 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * writing.html Link to keeptrack.csv, wording changes. + * common.texi Put https on start of home page address, so it works + when accessing via a file:// url. + +2018-10-07 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * keeptrack.csv File to keep track of which commands have been done, + and which need doing. + * keeptrack.py Script to make and update keeptrack.csv. + * Makefile Add code to commitready target for just before committing. + Takes the split .html files and adds any new ones, and drops any ones + that are gone. + * source2e.ind Reference index, from compiling source2e.tex. + +2018-10-05 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Class and package structure): @item + before first text in @enumerate. + +2018-10-05 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * writing.html Written. Brief outline of how to contribute an entry. + +2018-09-23 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add text to "About this document" pointing to + latexref.xyz. + * mirroring.html Adjust wording, drop CSS for LaTeX. + +2018-09-23 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Some wording changes to backslash-space. + * Makefile Add "<hr/>" at the bottom of split pages. + * mirroring.html Written. Brief instructions on mirroring. + +2018-09-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Move \makeatletter & \makeatother and \@ifstar to + section on defining commands. Promote Environments to a section. + Some wording changes. + * latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e Delete .html files that no longer + apply (declarations). + * Makefile Need a target to automatically do html files + that need to be added and deleted to/from the svn, just before + committing. Commented out for the moment. + +2018-09-19 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e Add directory, with all its + HTML files, to repo. + * latex2e.texi Change to September 2018 date. + * Makefile Add easyurls to htmlsplit target. + +2018-09-15 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * easyurls.py Added ability to inject text into top of index.html. + Added that it does not make pointers to files created by @anchor(..). + * latex2e.texi Restore Starting & ending anchor. + * latex2elocal.css Changed name to latexreflocal.css + * latex.css Add quotes on @import ... + * Makefile Keep split files from having a footer. + * _version.py Incorporated contents into easyurls.py, to make it + self-contained. + +2018-09-08 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * Makefile (t2html_home): use https://latexref.xyz. + +2018-08-09 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Correct wording in a couple of spots. + * latex2elocal.css Add for hosts to put in local styling. + * latex.css Move optional stylings to prior file. + +2018-08-09 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\cite) Add reference to bibliographic styles. + (\rotatebox) Correct displayed command, adjust wording. + +2018-08-03 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * index.html: new file to make the checkout a web site; + used for new domain http://latexref.xyz. + +2018-07-25 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (copying) Acknowledge Martin Herbert Dietze for + latex2e-reference material. + (Lengths) Adjust wording. + +2018-07-16 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.css (div.referenceinfo): try not floating right, + maybe it will look better at the start of the line. + + * latex2e.texi: (\alph ...): \ast rather than @ast, since @ast is + not a Texinfo command. + +2018-07-08 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * Makefile (t2html_home): use PRE_BODY_CLOSE; Texinfo's About + button is something else. + (check-dw): better removal of intentional doubles in text. + * latex2e.texi: remove doubled words. + +2018-07-05 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * Makefile Try out making split HTML's. + * latex2e.css Put a minimal amount of styling in the split pages. + 2018-07-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> * latex2e.texi Do a CTAN release following the checklist in the diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index 9eaf220b9ce..e50c84652ee 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: Makefile 617 2018-04-30 14:16:52Z jimhefferon $ +# $Id: Makefile 706 2018-10-13 15:35:22Z jimhefferon $ # Public domain. Originally written 2006, Karl Berry. # Makefile for latexrefman. @@ -24,13 +24,20 @@ texi2pdf = texi2pdf --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2pdf # makeinfo = makeinfo texi2docbook = $(makeinfo) --docbook -texi2html = $(makeinfo) --html --no-split --css-include=latex2e.css $(texi2html_top) +texi2html = $(makeinfo) --no-split $(htmlopts) texi2info = $(makeinfo) --no-split texi2txt = $(makeinfo) --plaintext --no-split texi2xml = $(makeinfo) --xml # -# Go somewhere useful from Top. -texi2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=http://tug.org/texinfohtml/ +htmlopts = --html --css-include=latex2e.css $(t2html_top) $(t2html_home) -c WORDS_IN_PAGE=10000 +# +# Go somewhere useful from Top: +t2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=http://tug.org/texinfohtml/ +# +# Put a link in the footer: +t2html_home = -c PRE_BODY_CLOSE="<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'>\ +<a href='https://latexref.xyz/'>\ +<i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>" %.pdf: %.texi $(texi2pdf) $< @@ -70,33 +77,57 @@ fr: $(fr_mi_output) $(fr_tex_output) # To build everything in all languages. all: en es fr -# following the GNU sequence of clean targets. +# Sort of following the GNU sequence of clean targets. distclean clean mostlyclean: - rm -rf latex2e*.t2* + rm -rf latex2e*.t2* latex2e-help-texinfo-tree* realclean maintainer-clean: distclean rm -f $(addprefix latex2e*., pdf dvi $(mi_suffixes) $(xref_suffixes)) -# dist for CTAN. Also update NEWS +# dist for CTAN. Update NEWS before uploading! # -txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README aspell.en.pws ltx-help.el +txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README \ + aspell.en.pws latex2e.css ltx-help.el +# html_files = index.html mirroring.html writing.html figure_files = list.eps list.pdf list.png list.txt figure_source_files = asy/list.asy -dist = latex2e-help-texinfo.zip +distname = latex2e-help-texinfo +distzip = $(distname).zip +# +htmlsplit = $(distname)-tree +htmlsplitzip = $(htmlsplit).zip # dist: en es - mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo && cd latex2e-help-texinfo && ln -s ../* . - mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish && cd latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish && ln -s ../../* . - rm -f $(dist) - zip -q $(dist) \ -$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/, $(txt_files) \ - latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \ -$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/, $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \ -$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/, $(figure_files)) \ -$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/graphics/, README $(figure_source_files)) - rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo - @ls -l $(dist); unzip -l $(dist) + rm -rf $(distname) + mkdir $(distname) && cd $(distname) && ln -s ../* . + mkdir $(distname)/spanish && cd $(distname)/spanish && ln -s ../../* . + rm -f $(distzip) + zip -q $(distzip) \ +$(addprefix $(distname)/, $(txt_files) \ + latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \ +$(addprefix $(distname)/spanish/, $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \ +$(addprefix $(distname)/latex2e-figures/, $(figure_files)) \ +$(addprefix $(distname)/graphics/, README $(figure_source_files)) + rm -rf $(distname) + @ls -l $(distzip); unzip -l $(distzip) + +# Get many small .html files +htmlsplit: en + rm -rf $(htmlsplit) + mkdir $(htmlsplit) && cd $(htmlsplit) && ln -s ../* . + rm -f $(htmlsplitzip) + cd $(htmlsplit) && $(makeinfo) $(htmlopts) latex2e.texi + cd $(htmlsplit) && zip -q ../$(htmlsplitzip) -r latex2e + src/easyurls.py --directory $(htmlsplit)/latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index +# rm -rf $(htmlsplit) +# @ls -l $(htmlsplitzip); unzip -l $(htmlsplitzip) + +# Right before a commit, delete html files that are gone and and add new ones +htmlsplitstatus = cd $(htmlsplit)/latex2e && svn status *.html +commitready: htmlsplit + $(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\!//p' | xargs -r svn rm + $(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\?//p' | xargs -r svn add # A hacky spell check target. # Remove \commandnames to reduce exception list, but not {args} or @@ -108,12 +139,17 @@ spell spell-en: # Check for doubled words. # http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/software/file-tools.html#dw +# The first sed expression elides a few @-command lines which cause +# duplicates; the second expr some text in the middle of lines. check-dw: - grep -v '^@item' latex2e.texi | dw + sed -e 's/^@\(item\|anchor\|.index\) .*//' \ + -e 's/ da da\|{test test}\|[iI][jJ]//g' \ + latex2e.texi | dw # Convenience targets to svn revert the generated files, # and svn diff the source files. svr: svn revert $(addprefix latex2e*., $(all_suffixes)) + svn status svd: svn diff $(txt_files) *.texi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index dc994adf263..1db1926a591 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -1,9 +1,29 @@ -$Id: NEWS 613 2018-03-21 18:48:08Z jimhefferon $ +$Id: NEWS 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $ NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained). French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche. +Changes in October 2018 release: + +The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that +is split into separate web pages for each section or subsection. +This new version is more host-friendly. To celebrate we have +set up a host. + https://latexref.xyz +We still offer the one-page version. + http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html +So you now have an easy-to-remember way to access the reference. + +If you'd like to host a mirror of the manual, whether to have a +convenient local reference or to offer a service to the community, we've +included instructions at https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html. + +In addition to the format news, there were many bug fixes and new entries, +including \smash and \phantom. + +---------------------------------------------------------------- + Changes in July 2018 release: We have gone through the two documents latex-info and diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README index 920dc2831a4..71c25461d30 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -$Id: README 579 2017-08-06 21:52:19Z karl $ +$Id: README 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $ README for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. Public domain. This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/ (the project home page) has more information, including links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. +We offer two web versions of the manual. A version that is split +into separate web pages for each section or subsection is here. + https://latexref.xyz +We also have a single-page version. + http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html + Help is most definitely wanted. (Search for "xx" in the source for just a few of the known deficiencies.) Please email any bug reports, new material, general discussion, whatever, to latexrefman@tug.org (see diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws index de3448bc46e..bb004ce1fc6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws @@ -252,3 +252,4 @@ xelatex xindy xyz zet +Dietze diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi index dc17efa9d3d..e27678fcd9c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -@c $Id$ +@c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ @c Public domain. -@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman +@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman @set LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org @clear HAS-MATH @iftex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e784f2dbd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $ + Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain. + Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */ + +/* So you can style for yourself */ +@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); + + +BODY { + margin-top: 1em; + margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */ + margin-right: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + /* the idea is to use the whole window, unless it is ridiculously + wide, probably with too-small fonts, too. */ + max-width: 64em; +} + +/* Because we want @math{... @code ...} to be upright, not slanted, + and Texinfo won't fix it. */ +code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; } + +/* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */ +div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index bc7c6640517..5c203240faa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> ]> <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en"> -<!-- $Id$ --> +<!-- $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ --> <!-- Public domain. --> -<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</title> +<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ <!-- xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar --> <!-- xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? --> <!-- xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. --> +<!-- xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr --> <!-- --> <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> @@ -40,10 +41,10 @@ <!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. --> <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2018. +document preparation system, version of October 2018. </para> -<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in -the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -51,8 +52,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users -Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no -text was directly copied). +Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material. We also +gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in +latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no +text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. @@ -81,10 +84,10 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2018. +document preparation system, version of October 2018. </para> -<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in -the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -92,8 +95,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users -Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no -text was directly copied). +Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material. We also +gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in +latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no +text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. @@ -126,7 +131,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> @@ -137,10 +142,17 @@ July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>home page for manual</primary></indexterm> <para>This is an unofficial reference manual for the &latex;2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex; -typesetting program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>). This document’s home page is -<ulink url="puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</ulink>. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +typesetting program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>). +</para> +<para>This document’s home page is <ulink url="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</ulink>. There +you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its +archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in +various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. +Probably the most convenient one, shown at <ulink url="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</ulink>, +has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the +note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +<ulink url="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</ulink>, +has all the information on single page. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; vs. &latex;2e</primary></indexterm> <para>In this document, we will mostly just use ‘&latex;’ rather than @@ -446,6 +458,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </para> +<para>Some of &latex;’s commands are a <firstterm>declaration</firstterm>. Such a command +changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For +instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> declaration changes the typesetting of +page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & +\mainmatter & \backmatter</link>). +</para> <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <literal>*</literal> form that is related to the form without a <literal>*</literal>, such as <literal>\chapter</literal> and <literal>\chapter*</literal>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -455,9 +473,9 @@ to command. commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). </para> - -<sect2 label="2.4.1" id="Environment"> -<title>Environments</title> +</sect1> +<sect1 label="2.5" id="Environment"> +<title>Environment</title> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -474,7 +492,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between ... \end{verse} </screen> -<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments. +<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +that every &latex; document must have a <literal>document</literal> environment, +a <literal>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</literal> pair. </para> <para>The <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> ends in a @@ -491,143 +511,9 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). \end{tabular} </screen> -</sect2> -<sect2 label="2.4.2" id="Declaration"> -<title>Command declarations</title> - -<para>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> command -changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. -</para> - -</sect2> -<sect2 label="2.4.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"> -<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> & <literal>\makeatother</literal></title> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<screen>\makeatletter - ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. -\makeatother -</screen> -<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands. <literal>\makeatletter</literal> makes -the at-sign character <literal>@</literal> have the category code of a letter, -11. <literal>\makeatother</literal> sets the category code of <literal>@</literal> to 12, -its original value. -</para> -<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a -character category code, or -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character category code</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>category code, character</primary></indexterm> -<firstterm>catcode</firstterm> for short. For instance, the backslash <literal>\</literal> is -assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two -commands alter the catcode assigned to <literal>@</literal>. -</para> -<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;’s commands use -<literal>@</literal> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a -command that replaces one of &latex;’s own. Command names consist of a -category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, -category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist -of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). -So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot -contain an <literal>@</literal>. But <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> -allow users to define or redefine commands named with <literal>@</literal>. -</para> -<para>Use these two commands inside a <filename>.tex</filename> file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with <literal>@</literal> in its name. Don’t use -them inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the -<literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands set the at sign to -have the character code of a letter. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign -in their names see <ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. These macros are -mainly intended to package or class authors. -</para> -<para>In this example the class file has a command -<literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> that the user wants to change. These -three lines should go in the preamble, before the -<literal>\begin{document}</literal>. -</para> -<screen>\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} -\makeatother -</screen> - - -<sect3 label="2.4.3.1" id="_005c_0040ifstar"> -<title><literal>\@ifstar</literal></title> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@ifstar</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, star-variants</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>star-variants, commands</primary></indexterm> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<screen>\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} -\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<replaceable>nostar-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nostar-body</replaceable>} -\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<replaceable>star-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>star-body</replaceable>} -</screen> -<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character <literal>*</literal>, an asterisk. -Examples are the <literal>table</literal> and <literal>table*</literal> environments and the -<literal>\section</literal> and <literal>\section*</literal> commands. -</para> -<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a -<literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the <literal>\section</literal> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <literal>@</literal> -must be enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block -(see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>). -</para> -<para>This example of <literal>\@ifstar</literal> defines the command <literal>\ciel</literal> and a -variant <literal>\ciel*</literal>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<literal>\ciel{night}</literal> will return "starry night sky" while -<literal>\ciel*{blue}</literal> will return "starry not blue sky". -</para> -<screen>\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} -</screen> -<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s -<literal>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, -\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</literal> is equivalent to entering the commands -<literal>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</literal> -</para> -<screen>\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% - \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} -</screen> -<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the construct -<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}</literal> followed by -<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}</literal>. And -&latex;3 has the <filename>xparse</filename> package that allows this code. -</para> -<screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}% - {<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}% - } -</screen> - -</sect3> -</sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="2.5" id="CTAN"> -<title>CTAN: Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title> +<sect1 label="2.6" id="CTAN"> +<title>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>CTAN</primary></indexterm> @@ -926,10 +812,11 @@ others. For instance, the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> might have commands <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm> <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts. -</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex; +</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex; package or class and describes itself, using the <literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal> and <literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> or <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal> commands. -</para><listitem><para>The <firstterm>preliminary declarations part</firstterm> declares some commands and +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>The <firstterm>preliminary declarations part</firstterm> declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For example, an <literal>smcmemo</literal> class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of @@ -937,13 +824,15 @@ people for the to-head, as <literal>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</literal>, a therefore needs to define a command <literal>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</literal> used in that file. -</para></listitem><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>handle options part</firstterm> the class or package declares +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>handle options part</firstterm> the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their document as <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>option list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}</literal>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare <literal>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</literal> to set the default document font size. -</para></listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package usually does +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and loading other files. </para></listitem></orderedlist> @@ -4803,7 +4692,7 @@ depends on the list type. </para> <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets ‘<literal>[...]</literal>’, if you have an item whose text starts with ‘<literal>[</literal>’, you -have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <literal>\item +have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <literal>\item {[} is an open square bracket</literal>; otherwise, &latex; will think it marks the start of an optional label. </para> @@ -4988,7 +4877,7 @@ default is the value of <replaceable>position</replaceable>). stretchable space. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>The <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> argument makes sense when the <replaceable>height</replaceable> options +<para>The <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> argument makes sense when the <replaceable>height</replaceable> option is set to a value larger than the <literal>minipage</literal>’s natural height. To see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of <literal>b</literal>. @@ -6041,8 +5930,8 @@ ampersand, <literal>&</literal>. The end of each row is marked with a doubl backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <literal>\hline</literal>. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm> -This <literal>\\</literal> is optional after the last row unless an <literal>\hline</literal> -command follows, to put a rule below the table. +After the last row the <literal>\\</literal> is optional, unless an <literal>\hline</literal> +command follows to put a rule below the table. </para> <para>The required and optional arguments to <literal>tabular</literal> consist of: </para> @@ -6093,9 +5982,9 @@ there. not insert <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> so you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <literal>@{\hspace{1em}}</literal>. </para> -<para>An empty expression <literal>@{}</literal> will eliminate the space. In -particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the -first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the +<para>An empty expression <literal>@{}</literal> will eliminate the space. In +particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first +column or after the last one, as in the example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. </para> <screen>\begin{flushleft} @@ -6275,10 +6164,10 @@ range en-dash. Impressionistic &1875 &1925 \end{tabular} </screen> -<para>Note that although the <literal>tabular</literal> specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> of either of the first row’s -<literal>\multicolumn</literal> commands, no rule appears in the first row. +<para>Although the <literal>tabular</literal> specification by default puts a vertical +rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears +in the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the +<replaceable>cols</replaceable> part of the first row’s first <literal>\multicolumn</literal> command. </para> </sect2> @@ -6521,12 +6410,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} </screen> -<para>produces the output ‘<literal>... source is [1]</literal>’. +<para>produces output like ‘<literal>... source is [1]</literal>’. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in +<link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>.) </para> <para>The optional argument <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> is appended to the citation. For example, <literal>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</literal> might produce ‘<literal>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</literal>’. </para> +<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <literal>\cite</literal> writes +information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>. For +instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes ‘<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>’ +to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your +reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see +<link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also. +</para> <para>If <replaceable>keys</replaceable> is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘<literal>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</literal>’, and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -6534,14 +6432,7 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in <literal>\cite{texbok}</literal> then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the <filename>.aux</filename> file (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>) then -the fix may be to just run &latex; again. -</para> -<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <literal>\cite</literal> writes -information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>. For -instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes ‘<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>’ -to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also. +the fix may be to run &latex; again. </para> </sect2> @@ -7971,7 +7862,130 @@ the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> does not give an error. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cnewcounter"> +<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"> +<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> & <literal>\makeatother</literal></title> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. +\makeatother +</screen> +<para>Use this pair when you redefine &latex; commands that are named with an +at-sign character ‘<literal><literal>@</literal></literal>’. The <literal>\makeatletter</literal> +declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a +letter, code 11. The <literal>\makeatother</literal> declaration sets the +category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. +</para> +<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character category code</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>category code, character</primary></indexterm> +<firstterm>catcode</firstterm>. For instance, it assigns the backslash +character ‘<literal><literal>\</literal></literal>’ the catcode 0. Command names +consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed +by letters, category 11 characters (except that a command name can +also consist of a category 0 character followed by a single +non-letter symbol). +</para> +<para>&latex;’s source code has the convention that some commands use +<literal>@</literal> in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package +or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a +package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of +their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. +</para> +<para>The pair <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> changes the +default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <filename>.tex</filename> +file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with <literal>@</literal>, by having them surround your definition. Don’t +use these inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the +<literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands already arrange +that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. +</para> +<para>In this example the class file has a command +<literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> that the user wants to change. These +three lines should go in the preamble, before the +<literal>\begin{document}</literal>. +</para> +<screen>\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} +\makeatother +</screen> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="12.4" id="_005c_0040ifstar"> +<title><literal>\@ifstar</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@ifstar</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, star-variants</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>star-variants, commands</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} +\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<replaceable>nostar-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nostar-body</replaceable>} +\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<replaceable>star-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>star-body</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character <literal>*</literal>, an asterisk. +Examples are the <literal>table</literal> and <literal>table*</literal> environments and the +<literal>\section</literal> and <literal>\section*</literal> commands. +</para> +<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a +<literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the <literal>\section</literal> command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <literal>@</literal> +must be enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block +(see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>). +</para> +<para>This example of <literal>\@ifstar</literal> defines the command <literal>\ciel</literal> and a +variant <literal>\ciel*</literal>. Both have one required argument. A call to +<literal>\ciel{night}</literal> will return "starry night sky" while +<literal>\ciel*{blue}</literal> will return "starry not blue sky". +</para> +<screen>\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} +</screen> +<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s +<literal>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, +\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</literal> is equivalent to entering the commands +<literal>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</literal> +</para> +<screen>\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% + \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} +</screen> +<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the construct +<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}</literal> followed by +<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}</literal>. And +&latex;3 has the <filename>xparse</filename> package that allows this code. +</para> +<screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}% + {<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}% + } +</screen> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="12.5" id="_005cnewcounter"> <title><literal>\newcounter</literal>: Allocating a counter</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm> @@ -8020,7 +8034,7 @@ defined.</literal>’ </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.4" id="_005cnewlength"> +<sect1 label="12.6" id="_005cnewlength"> <title><literal>\newlength</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm> @@ -8051,7 +8065,7 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>’. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.5" id="_005cnewsavebox"> +<sect1 label="12.7" id="_005cnewsavebox"> <title><literal>\newsavebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newsavebox</primary></indexterm> @@ -8059,15 +8073,16 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>’. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\newsavebox{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} +<screen>\newsavebox{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Define <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> to refer to a new “bin” for storing boxes. -Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to -measure or manipulate (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>). The required bin name -<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> must start with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>, and must not -already be defined. This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +<para>Define \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by +<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold +material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or +manipulate (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>). The bin name \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is required, must +start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. +This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> -<para>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. +<para>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. </para> <screen>\newsavebox{\logobox} \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo} @@ -8083,7 +8098,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.6" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"> +<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"> <title><literal>\newenvironment</literal> & <literal>\renewenvironment</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm> @@ -8229,7 +8244,7 @@ the document, use the environment like this. </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.7" id="_005cnewtheorem"> +<sect1 label="12.9" id="_005cnewtheorem"> <title><literal>\newtheorem</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm> @@ -8354,7 +8369,7 @@ by ‘<literal>Theorem 2.1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Definit </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewfont"> +<sect1 label="12.10" id="_005cnewfont"> <title><literal>\newfont</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm> @@ -8375,8 +8390,8 @@ boldface with a roman (see <link linkend="Fonts">Fonts</link>). <screen>\newfont{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>font description</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Define a command <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> that will change the current font. -The control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin -with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. +The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a +backslash, <literal>\</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>at clause, in font definitions</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>design size, in font definitions</primary></indexterm> @@ -8398,7 +8413,7 @@ relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined in the </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.9" id="_005cprotect"> +<sect1 label="12.11" id="_005cprotect"> <title><literal>\protect</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm> @@ -8460,7 +8475,7 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>. </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.10" id="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"> +<sect1 label="12.12" id="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"> <title><literal>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespaces</primary></indexterm> @@ -8829,27 +8844,32 @@ bogus month value produces no output). <para>A <firstterm>length</firstterm> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> -<para>This shows a box of the given length. +<para>Lengths come in two types. A <firstterm>rigid length</firstterm> such as <literal>10pt</literal> +does not contain a <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component. (Plain &tex; +calls this a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>.) A <firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex; +calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm>) such as as with <literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal> +can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, +the <literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural length</firstterm> while the other two, the +<literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components, allow &tex; to stretch or +shrink the length to optimize placement. </para> -<screen>\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} % make a bar -\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it -XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY -</screen> -<para>It produces a black bar 100 points long between ‘<literal>XXX</literal>’ and -‘<literal>YYY</literal>’. +<para>The illustrations below use these two commands. </para> -<para>Lengths come in two types. A <firstterm>rigid length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex; -calls a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>) such as <literal>10pt</literal> does not contain a <literal>plus</literal> -or <literal>minus</literal> component. The above example shows a rigid length. A -<firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex; calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm>) can contain -those components, as with <literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal>. Here the -<literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural length</firstterm> while the other two, the -<literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components, allow the length to stretch or -shrink. +<screen>% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide +\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} + +% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) +\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} +</screen> +<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points +long between ‘<literal>XXX</literal>’ and ‘<literal>YYY</literal>’. This length is rigid. </para> -<para>Shrinking is simpler: with <literal>1cm minus 0.05cm</literal>, the natural length -is 1cm but if smaller is needed then &tex; can shrink it down as -far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more. +<screen>XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY +</screen> +<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <literal>1cm minus +0.05cm</literal>, the natural length is 1cm but &tex; can shrink it down +as far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two bars. </para> @@ -8866,7 +8886,7 @@ wider than the 300pt allocated, as &tex; has refused to shrink the total to less than 309 points. </para> <para>Stretching is like shrinking except that if &tex; is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won’t refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110 points between the bars. </para> <screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% @@ -8876,11 +8896,9 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY </screen> <para>In the second line &tex; needs a stretch of 10 points and only -1 point was specified. In this situation, &tex; stretches the -space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like -‘<literal>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</literal>’. (We won’t -discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much -stretch as needed.) +1 point was specified. &tex; stretches the space to the required +length but it gives you a warning like ‘<literal>Underfull \hbox (badness +10000) detected at line 22</literal>’. (We won’t discuss badness.) </para> <para>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in <literal>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</literal>. @@ -8888,15 +8906,16 @@ stretch as needed.) <para>If &tex; is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the stretch or shrink in proportion. </para> -<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}% left +<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% + \blackbar{100pt}% left \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right </screen> -<para>The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another -100. In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two -<literal>\hspace</literal>’s must stretch 20 points. Because the two say -<literal>plus 50pt</literal> and <literal>plus 10pt</literal>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the -stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +<para>The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs +another 100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two +<literal>\hspace</literal>’s must stretch 20 points. Because the two are +<literal>plus 50pt</literal> and <literal>plus 10pt</literal>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the stretch +from the first space and 1/6 from the second. </para> <para>The <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component of a rubber length can contain a <firstterm>fill</firstterm> component, as in <literal>1in plus2fill</literal>. This gives the @@ -8910,10 +8929,10 @@ the page. \hspace{0pt plus 1fill} \end{minipage} </screen> -<para>&tex; actually has three infinite glue components <literal>fil</literal>, -<literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more infinite than -the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one -(see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>). +<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: +<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more +infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use +the middle one (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>). </para> <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and @@ -8933,7 +8952,7 @@ math mode. <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Point</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal +<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal> @@ -9028,8 +9047,13 @@ while the second will not. \setlength{\parindent}{0em} He said stop going to those places. </screen> -<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</literal>’. +<para>If you did not declare <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, for example if +you mistype the above as +<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>, +then you get an error like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</literal>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name +then you get an error like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be +read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal>’ </para> </sect1> @@ -9051,16 +9075,18 @@ length</link>). </para> <para>Below, if <literal>\parskip</literal> starts with the value <literal>0pt plus 1pt</literal> </para> -<screen>\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} -Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +<screen>Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Nurse: no change. </screen> <para>then it has the value <literal>1pt plus 1pt</literal> for the second paragraph. </para> -<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</literal>’. If you leave -off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +<para>If you did not declare the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if +for example you mistype the above as +<literal>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</literal>, then you get +something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</literal>’. +If you leave off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</literal>’. </para> @@ -9085,9 +9111,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetdepth </screen> -<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth</literal>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +<para>If you did not set aside the length <replaceable>len</replaceable>, if for example you +mistype the above as <literal>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</literal>, +then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetdepth</literal>’. If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> @@ -9112,9 +9139,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetheight </screen> -<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</literal>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been declared with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if +for example you mistype as +<literal>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</literal>, then you get something +like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</literal>’. If +you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> @@ -9139,42 +9168,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetwidth </screen> -<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth</literal>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been set aside, if for example you +mistype the above as <literal>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</literal>, +then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetwidth</literal>’. If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> -<!-- @node Predefined lengths --> -<!-- @section Predefined lengths --> - -<!-- @cindex lengths, predefined --> -<!-- @cindex predefined lengths --> - -<!-- @code{\width} --> -<!-- @findex \width --> - -<!-- @code{\height} --> -<!-- @findex \height --> - -<!-- @code{\depth} --> -<!-- @findex \depth --> - -<!-- @code{\totalheight} --> -<!-- @findex \totalheight --> - -<!-- These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making --> -<!-- commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width, etc., of the --> -<!-- text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals --> -<!-- @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To --> -<!-- make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say --> - -<!-- @example --> -<!-- \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} --> -<!-- @end example --> - - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="15" id="Making-paragraphs"> @@ -9183,9 +9184,9 @@ leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <indexterm role="cp"><primary>making paragraphs</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraphs</primary></indexterm> -<para>Once &latex; has all of a paragraph’s contents it divides it into -lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <link linkend="Line-breaking">Line -breaking</link>). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. </para> <screen>It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. @@ -9201,6 +9202,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. <para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, <literal>%</literal>. </para> +<para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(see <link linkend="Line-breaking">Line breaking</link>). +</para> <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a blank line in math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>); here the line before the <literal>\end{equation}</literal> @@ -9229,7 +9234,7 @@ complete</literal>’. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\par</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph, ending</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex;, converts two +<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two consecutive newlines to a <literal>\par</literal>): </para> <screen>\par @@ -9244,22 +9249,25 @@ readability. <screen>\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{% \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but -it terminates paragraph mode, bringing &latex; to vertical mode +<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing but +it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). </para> -<para>You cannot use the <literal>\par</literal> command in math mode or in the argument -of many commands, such as the <literal>\section</literal> command (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making -paragraphs</link> and see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>). +<para>You cannot use the <literal>\par</literal> command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <literal>\section</literal> +command (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</link> and <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & +\renewcommand</link>). </para> -<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command differs from the <literal>\paragraph</literal> command in -that the latter is, like <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents. +<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as the <literal>\paragraph</literal> +command. The latter is, like <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>, a +sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents +(see <link linkend="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</link>). </para> -<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command differs from <literal>\newline</literal> and the line break -double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just -the line. It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph -vertical space <literal>\parskip</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</link>). +<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as <literal>\newline</literal> or the line +break double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. The difference is that <literal>\par</literal> +ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of +the between-paragraph vertical space <literal>\parskip</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent +& \parskip</link>). </para> <para>The output from this example </para> @@ -9404,9 +9412,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with <literal>\normalmarginpar</literal>. </para> -<para>When you specify the optional argument <replaceable>left</replaceable> then it is used for a -note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <replaceable>right</replaceable> is -used for a note in the the right margin. +<para>When you specify the optional argument <replaceable>left</replaceable> then it is used for +a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <replaceable>right</replaceable> is +used for a note in the right margin. </para> <para>Normally, a note’s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning <replaceable>left</replaceable> or <replaceable>right</replaceable> with @@ -9654,7 +9662,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, see <link linkend="_005censuremath">\ensuremath</link>. </para> -<!-- xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols --> +<!-- xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols --> <!-- Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\|</primary></indexterm><literal>\|</literal> @@ -11067,6 +11075,144 @@ in both text and math mode. both text and math mode. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> + +<sect2 label="16.6.1" id="_005csmash"> +<title><literal>\smash</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, vertical space</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\smash{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Typeset <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> as if its height and depth were zero. +</para> +<para>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the +<literal>\smash</literal> command &latex; would separate its line from the line +above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly. +</para> +<screen>To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$, +evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$. +</screen> +<para>(Because of the <literal>\smash</literal> the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) +</para> +<para>This pictures the effect of <literal>\smash</literal> by using <literal>\fbox</literal> to +surround the box that &latex; will put on the line. The +<literal>\blackbar</literal> command makes a bar extending from 10 points below +the baseline to 20 points above. +</para> +<screen>\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}} +\fbox{\blackbar} +\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}} +</screen> +<para>The first box that &latex; places is 20 points high and +10 points deep. But the second box is treated by &latex; as +having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the +page still extends well above and below the line. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\smash</literal> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the +size of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} +\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)} +\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)} +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>Note the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal> to give the <literal>\sqrt</literal> command an +argument with the height of the <literal>\sum</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom +& \hphantom</link>). +</para> +<para>While most often used in mathematics, the <literal>\smash</literal> command can +appear in other contexts. However, it doesn’t change into horizontal +mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a +<literal>\leavevmode</literal>, as in the bottom line below. +</para> +<screen>xxx xxx xxx + +\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent + +\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent +</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The package <literal>mathtools</literal> has operators that provide even finer +control over smashing a subformula box. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="16.6.2" id="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"> +<title><literal>\phantom</literal> & <literal>\vphantom</literal> & <literal>\hphantom</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>invisible character</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character, invisible</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\phantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\vphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\hphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\phantom</literal> command creates a box with the same height, depth, +and width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but empty. That is, this command causes +&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink. The <literal>\vphantom</literal> +variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as +<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but it has width zero. And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a +box with the same width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with height and depth +zero. +</para> +<para>Without the <literal>\vphantom</literal> in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. +</para> +<screen>\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\vphantom{a^3}</literal> causes the first <literal>\sqrt</literal> to have inside +it a box of the same height as the second <literal>\sqrt</literal>, so &latex; +makes the bars align. +</para> +<para>These commands often are combined with <literal>\smash</literal>. See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link> +for another example of the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including <literal>\makebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>) as well +as <literal>\settodepth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettodepth">\settodepth</link>), <literal>\settoheight</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005csettoheight">\settoheight</link>), and <literal>\settowidth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettowidth">\settowidth</link>). +In addition, the <filename>mathtools</filename> package has many commands that offer +fine-grained control over spacing. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the <literal>\operatorname</literal> +command from the package <filename>amsmath</filename>. +</para> +<para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don’t cause &latex; to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with <literal>\leavevmode</literal>. +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-miscellany"> <title>Math miscellany</title> @@ -11297,7 +11443,7 @@ back to paragraph mode. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>inner paragraph mode</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>outer paragraph mode</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"/><anchor id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"/><para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <literal>\parbox</literal> command or +<anchor id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"/><anchor id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"/><para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <literal>\parbox</literal> command or a <literal>minipage</literal> then &latex; is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a <firstterm>parbox</firstterm>, &latex; is in <firstterm>inner paragraph mode</firstterm>. Its more usual @@ -11415,9 +11561,10 @@ To have no date, instead use <literal>\date{}</literal>. </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm> <para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information -for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in -the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text so -you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose. +for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in +the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at +all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email +address. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> @@ -11428,11 +11575,11 @@ omit the <literal>\title</literal> declaration then you get ‘<literal>LaTe \title given</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <literal>article</literal> -in that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see <link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can -either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a -renewed <literal>\maketitle</literal> command. +<para>To make your own title page, see <link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can either +create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed +<literal>\maketitle</literal> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use +in place of <literal>article</literal> that formats the title according to their +house requirements.) </para> </sect1> @@ -11464,7 +11611,7 @@ are numbered ‘<literal>1</literal>’, etc. also <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal> -</term><listitem><para>arabic numerals: 1, 2, … +</term><listitem><para>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, … </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal> </term><listitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, … @@ -11617,7 +11764,7 @@ or environments. </para> <para>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this &latex; book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in <literal>plain</literal> style, as is the default (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page +chapter in <literal>plain</literal> style, as is the default (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page styles</link>). </para> <screen>\documentclass{book} @@ -11984,32 +12131,32 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. </para> -<para>A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, &latex; -produces white space. That’s different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. +<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}{l} +One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </screen> -<para>On the first line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with -<literal>\hspace</literal>; See <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.) -</para> -<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often used -after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in <literal>\TeX{} is nice</literal>, has the advantage of still -working if the next character is a period.) -</para> -<para>The second common use is that -it mark a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending -a sentence, as in <literal>So says Prof.\ Smith</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). +<para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon. On the +second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one +whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the +first line. &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a +tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line +asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the +backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. +(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with +<literal>\hspace</literal>; see <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.) +</para> +<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as +in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>. (But using curly parentheses, as in +<literal>\TeX{} is best</literal>, has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <literal>So +says Prof.\ Smith</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). </para> <para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap> are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>. @@ -12357,11 +12504,11 @@ item’s second line. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}% </screen> -<para>The final two lists use <literal>fbox</literal> to show what’s happening. The third -list’s <literal>\parbox</literal> goes only to the bottom of its second ‘<literal>test</literal>’, -which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. -The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra -below-baseline space. +<para>The final two lists use <literal>\fbox</literal> to show what’s happening. The +third list’s <literal>\parbox</literal> goes only to the bottom of its second +‘<literal>test</literal>’, which happens not have any characters that descend below +the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed +extra below-baseline space. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -12551,6 +12698,7 @@ with a <literal>\par</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>boxes</primary></indexterm> +<!-- xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. --> <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </para> @@ -12575,7 +12723,7 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <filename>adjustbox</filename>. \makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} \makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Create a box, a container for material. The <replaceable>text</replaceable> is is typeset in +<para>Create a box, a container for material. The <replaceable>text</replaceable> is typeset in LR mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>) so it is not broken into lines. The <literal>\mbox</literal> command is robust, while <literal>\makebox</literal> is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). @@ -13007,9 +13155,9 @@ robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. </para> -<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands below -will only work if your document preamble contains -<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal>, that brings in the standard package. +<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put +<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal> in your document preamble to use the +commands described here. </para> <para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;’s color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is <filename>xcolor</filename>, which is widely used and @@ -13629,7 +13777,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</literal> specifies that any file with the extension <filename>.eps.gz</filename> should -be treated as an <literal>eps</literal> file, with the the BoundingBox information +be treated as an <literal>eps</literal> file, with the BoundingBox information stored in the file with extension <filename>.eps.bb</filename>, and that the command <literal>gunzip -c</literal> will run on your platform to decompresses the file. </para> @@ -13994,11 +14142,11 @@ external commands. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>rotating text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rotatebox</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis for <filename>graphics</filename> package: +<para>Synopsis if you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package: </para> <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Synopses for <filename>graphicx</filename> package: +<para>Synopses if you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package: </para> <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} \rotatebox[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} @@ -14029,10 +14177,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when typesetting this material. </para> <para>If you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package then -then these are the options that can go in the <replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>, but -note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, -except for the <literal>x</literal> and <literal>y</literal> options (see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>). +reference point of the box. If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package +then these are the options that can go in the <replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>, +but note that you can get the same effect without needing this +package, except for the <literal>x</literal> and <literal>y</literal> options +(see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>). </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>origin</literal> </term><listitem><para>The point of the <replaceable>material</replaceable>’s box about which the rotation happens. @@ -14040,14 +14189,14 @@ Possible value is any string containing one or two of: <literal>l</literal> for left, <literal>r</literal> for right, <literal>b</literal> for bottom, <literal>c</literal> for center, <literal>t</literal> for top, and <literal>B</literal> for baseline. Thus, the first line here </para> -<screen>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon} -\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau} +<screen>\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon} +\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau} </screen> <para>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <literal>c</literal> gives the horizontal center in <literal>bc</literal> or <literal>tc</literal> but gives -the vertical center in <literal>lc</literal> or <literal>rc</literal>.) The default is -<literal>lB</literal>. +the vertical center in <literal>lc</literal> or <literal>rc</literal>, and gives both in +<literal>c</literal>.) The default is <literal>lB</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>x, y</literal> </term><listitem><para>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with @@ -15670,7 +15819,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command <para>The <literal>\index</literal> command writes the indexing information to the file <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.idx</filename> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}{<replaceable>page-num</replaceable>}</literal>, where +<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}{<replaceable>page-num</replaceable>}</literal>, where <replaceable>page-num</replaceable> is the value of the <literal>\thepage</literal> counter. On occasion, when the <literal>\printindex</literal> command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. @@ -15758,7 +15907,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</literal>). <anchor id="makeindex-letheadflag"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_flag</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_flag</literal> </term><listitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <literal>group_skip</literal> nothing -will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new +will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new letter the <literal>lethead_prefix</literal> and <literal>lethead_suffix</literal> will be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default @@ -15846,12 +15995,12 @@ roman <literal>R</literal>, and uppercase alphabetic <literal>A</literal>. Defa </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> program</primary></indexterm> -<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command> -does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does internationalization and can -process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of -other languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and -in terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job +<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly +configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order +of the text, as described in its documentation. </para> </sect2> @@ -16614,9 +16763,9 @@ and output file will then be named <filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.l <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. This option -overrides that process and directly specifies the name. See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command -line input</link> for an example of its use. +name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The +<literal>jobname</literal> option overrides that process and directly specifies the +name. See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for an example of its use. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--output-directory command-line option</primary></indexterm> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-output-directory=<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> @@ -16626,10 +16775,10 @@ line input</link> for an example of its use. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--enable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--disable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>shell-escape</literal> -</term><term><literal>no-shell-escape</literal> -</term><term><literal>enable-write18</literal> -</term><term><literal>disable-write18</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>--shell-escape</literal> +</term><term><literal>--no-shell-escape</literal> +</term><term><literal>--enable-write18</literal> +</term><term><literal>--disable-write18</literal> </term><listitem><para>Enable or disable <literal>\write18{<replaceable>shell command</replaceable>}</literal>. The first two options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are for MiK&tex;. @@ -16694,8 +16843,8 @@ PDF. ... </screen> <para>Compiling this document <filename>book.tex</filename> with the command line -<literal>pdflatex test</literal> will give the ‘<literal>CTAN</literal>’ link in blue. But -compiling it with <literal>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"</literal> +<literal>pdflatex book</literal> will give the ‘<literal>CTAN</literal>’ link in blue. But +compiling it with <literal>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</literal> has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -16717,7 +16866,7 @@ called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first. <screen>pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" </screen> <para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <literal>jobname</literal> option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise the output file would be <filename>graphicx.pdf</filename>, as <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> does an <literal>\input</literal> of its own.) </para> @@ -16761,8 +16910,8 @@ instead of <literal>pdflatex test</literal> you might type <literal>pdflatex tst (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: </screen> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter <literal><Contol></literal> and ‘<literal>d</literal>’ (holding -them down at the same time), and just fix the command line. +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <literal><Control></literal> and ‘<literal>d</literal>’ (holding +them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </para> </sect1> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index 9b0efda6d50..a1cd59daf2f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <html> <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version of July 2018. +document preparation system, version of October 2018. -This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in -the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using Hypertext Help with LaTeX, by Sheldon Green, and LaTeX Command Summary (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users -Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material (no -text was directly copied). +Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material. We also +gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in +latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no +text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. @@ -37,10 +39,10 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> -<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</title> +<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title> -<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)"> -<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)"> +<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)"> +<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)"> <meta name="resource-type" content="document"> <meta name="distribution" content="global"> <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo"> @@ -50,6 +52,15 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> <link href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)"> <style type="text/css"> <!-- +/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $ + Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain. + Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */ + +/* So you can style for yourself */ +@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); + + + a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none} blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em} blockquote.smallindentedblock {margin-right: 0em; font-size: smaller} @@ -73,7 +84,23 @@ span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap} span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal} span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal} ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} -code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} +BODY { + margin-top: 1em; + margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */ + margin-right: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + /* the idea is to use the whole window, unless it is ridiculously + wide, probably with too-small fonts, too. */ + max-width: 64em; +} + +/* Because we want @math{... @code ...} to be upright, not slanted, + and Texinfo won't fix it. */ +code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; } + +/* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */ +div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} + --> </style> @@ -81,7 +108,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} </head> <body lang="en"> -<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</h1> +<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</h1> @@ -103,7 +130,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} <li><a name="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Environments-2" href="#toc-Environments-2">8 Environments</a></li> +<li><a name="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> @@ -141,16 +168,9 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li> <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a> - <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environment">2.4.1 Environments</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Command-declarations" href="#Declaration">2.4.2 Command declarations</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a> - <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> - </ul></li> - </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-CTAN_003a-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -194,7 +214,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} <li><a name="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Environments-2" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> + <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li> @@ -309,14 +329,16 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.3 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.4 <code>\newlength</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.5 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.6 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.7 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.8 <code>\newfont</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.9 <code>\protect</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.10 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -358,7 +380,11 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace} <li><a name="toc-Math-functions-1" href="#Math-functions">16.3 Math functions</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Math-accents-1" href="#Math-accents">16.4 Math accents</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Over_002d-and-Underlining-1" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">16.5 Over- and Underlining</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li> + </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> @@ -529,7 +555,7 @@ Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this documen <h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +October 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -607,10 +633,17 @@ Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="index-home-page-for-manual"></a> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX -typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). This document’s home page is -<a href="puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</a>. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). +</p> +<p>This document’s home page is <a href="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</a>. There +you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its +archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in +various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. +Probably the most convenient one, shown at <a href="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</a>, +has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the +note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +<a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</a>, +has all the information on single page. </p> <a name="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a> <p>In this document, we will mostly just use ‘LaTeX’ rather than @@ -714,7 +747,9 @@ sensible, such as in plain text, write it as ‘<samp>LaTeX</samp>’. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General syntax of LaTeX commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="5">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Area of the source giving distinct behavior. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository. </td></tr> </table> @@ -942,7 +977,7 @@ additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX, <a name="LaTeX-command-syntax"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></a> <h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3> @@ -974,6 +1009,11 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </p> +<p>Some of LaTeX’s commands are a <em>declaration</em>. Such a command +changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For +instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of +page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>). +</p> <p>LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and <code>\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -982,24 +1022,15 @@ to command. <p>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environment" accesskey="1">Environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Area of the source with distinct behavior. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="2">Declaration</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the value or meaning of a command. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. -</td></tr> -</table> - <hr> <a name="Environment"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Environments-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">2.4.1 Environments</h4> +<a name="Environment-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -1020,7 +1051,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between \end{verse} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments. +<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +that every LaTeX document must have a <code>document</code> environment, +a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair. </p> <p>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a @@ -1040,177 +1073,13 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). <hr> -<a name="Declaration"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="Command-declarations"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">2.4.2 Command declarations</h4> - -<p>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command -changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. -</p> - -<hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Previous: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></h4> - -<p>Synopsis: -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\makeatletter - ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. -\makeatother -</pre></div> - -<p>Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. <code>\makeatletter</code> makes -the at-sign character <code>@</code> have the category code of a letter, -11. <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of <code>@</code> to 12, -its original value. -</p> -<p>As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a -character category code, or -<a name="index-catcode"></a> -<a name="index-character-category-code"></a> -<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a> -<em>catcode</em> for short. For instance, the backslash <code>\</code> is -assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two -commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>@</code>. -</p> -<p>The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX’s commands use -<code>@</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a -command that replaces one of LaTeX’s own. Command names consist of a -category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, -category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist -of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). -So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot -contain an <code>@</code>. But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> -allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>@</code>. -</p> -<p>Use these two commands inside a <samp>.tex</samp> file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with <code>@</code> in its name. Don’t use -them inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the -<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to -have the character code of a letter. -</p> -<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a> -<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a> - -<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign -in their names see <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. These macros are -mainly intended to package or class authors. -</p> -<p>In this example the class file has a command -<code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These -three lines should go in the preamble, before the -<code>\begin{document}</code>. -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} -\makeatother -</pre></div> - -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="1">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. -</td></tr> -</table> - - -<hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Up: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="u" rel="up">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsubsection">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></h4> - -<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a> -<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a> - -<p>Synopsis: -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} -\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} -\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>} -</pre></div> - -<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character <code>*</code>, an asterisk. -Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the -<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands. -</p> -<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a -<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign <code>@</code> -must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block -(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>). -</p> -<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a -variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while -<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} -</pre></div> - -<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s -<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, -\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands -<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code> -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% - \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} -</pre></div> - -<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\@ifstar</code>. The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct -<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by -<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And -LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code. -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<var>starred version</var>}% - {<var>unstarred version</var>}% - } -</pre></div> - - -<hr> <a name="CTAN"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="CTAN_003a-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3> +<a name="CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></a> +<h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3> <a name="index-CTAN"></a> @@ -1585,9 +1454,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and p <p>A class file or package file typically has four parts. </p><ol> -<li>In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX +<li> In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code> and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands. + </li><li> The <em>preliminary declarations part</em> declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For example, an <code>smcmemo</code> @@ -1596,12 +1466,14 @@ people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and therefore needs to define a command <code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> used in that file. + </li><li> In the <em>handle options part</em> the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default document font size. + </li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and loading other files. @@ -4529,7 +4401,7 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. <p> Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Environments-2"></a> +<a name="Environments-1"></a> <h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2> <a name="index-environments"></a> @@ -6237,7 +6109,7 @@ depends on the list type. </p> <p>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets ‘<samp>[...]</samp>’, if you have an item whose text starts with ‘<samp>[</samp>’, you -have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item +have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item {[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. </p> @@ -6464,7 +6336,7 @@ stretchable space. </dd> </dl> -<p>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> options +<p>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> option is set to a value larger than the <code>minipage</code>’s natural height. To see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of <code>b</code>. @@ -7809,8 +7681,8 @@ ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <code>\hline</code>. <a name="index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"></a> -This <code>\\</code> is optional after the last row unless an <code>\hline</code> -command follows, to put a rule below the table. +After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code> +command follows to put a rule below the table. </p> <p>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of: </p> @@ -7868,9 +7740,9 @@ there. not insert <code>\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <code>@{\hspace{1em}}</code>. </p> -<p>An empty expression <code>@{}</code> will eliminate the space. In -particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the -first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the +<p>An empty expression <code>@{}</code> will eliminate the space. In +particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first +column or after the last one, as in the example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -8099,10 +7971,10 @@ range en-dash. \end{tabular} </pre></div> -<p>Note that although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the <var>cols</var> of either of the first row’s -<code>\multicolumn</code> commands, no rule appears in the first row. +<p>Although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical +rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears +in the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the +<var>cols</var> part of the first row’s first <code>\multicolumn</code> command. </p> <hr> @@ -8409,12 +8281,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</ \end{thebibliography} </pre></div> -<p>produces the output ‘<samp>... source is [1]</samp>’. +<p>produces output like ‘<samp>... source is [1]</samp>’. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in +<a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>.) </p> <p>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce ‘<samp>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</samp>’. </p> +<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes +information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>. For +instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes ‘<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>’ +to that file. This information is used by BibTeX to include in your +reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see +<a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also. +</p> <p>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>’, and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -8422,14 +8303,7 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in <code>\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the <samp>.aux</samp> file (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>) then -the fix may be to just run LaTeX again. -</p> -<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes -information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>. For -instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes ‘<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>’ -to that file. This information is used by BibTeX to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also. +the fix may be to run LaTeX again. </p> <hr> @@ -10006,19 +9880,23 @@ Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a hr </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2">\providecommand</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new command, if name not used. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="3">\newcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5">\newcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="4">\newlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6">\newlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="5">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="6">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="7">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="8">\newfont</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="9">\protect</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces. </td></tr> @@ -10194,7 +10072,7 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></a> <h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3> @@ -10235,13 +10113,158 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error. </p> <hr> +<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@ifstar</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></h3> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. +\makeatother +</pre></div> + +<p>Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an +at-sign character ‘<samp><code>@</code></samp>’. The <code>\makeatletter</code> +declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a +letter, code 11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the +category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. +</p> +<p>As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +<a name="index-catcode"></a> +<a name="index-character-category-code"></a> +<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a> +<em>catcode</em>. For instance, it assigns the backslash +character ‘<samp><code>\</code></samp>’ the catcode 0. Command names +consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed +by letters, category 11 characters (except that a command name can +also consist of a category 0 character followed by a single +non-letter symbol). +</p> +<p>LaTeX’s source code has the convention that some commands use +<code>@</code> in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package +or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a +package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of +their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. +</p> +<p>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the +default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <samp>.tex</samp> +file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with <code>@</code>, by having them surround your definition. Don’t +use these inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the +<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange +that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a> +<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a> + +<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. +</p> +<p>In this example the class file has a command +<code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These +three lines should go in the preamble, before the +<code>\begin{document}</code>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} +\makeatother +</pre></div> + + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3> + +<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a> +<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a> +<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} +\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} +\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character <code>*</code>, an asterisk. +Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the +<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands. +</p> +<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a +<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign <code>@</code> +must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block +(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>). +</p> +<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a +variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to +<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while +<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} +</pre></div> + +<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s +<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, +\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands +<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code> +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% + \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} +</pre></div> + +<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +<code>\@ifstar</code>. The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct +<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by +<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And +LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {<var>starred version</var>}% + {<var>unstarred version</var>}% + } +</pre></div> + + +<hr> <a name="g_t_005cnewcounter"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@ifstar</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3> +<h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3> <a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a> <a name="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a> @@ -10299,7 +10322,7 @@ defined.</samp>’ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\newlength</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewlength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></a> @@ -10339,7 +10362,7 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>’. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a> <a name="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></a> @@ -10347,16 +10370,17 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newsavebox{<var>cmd</var>} +<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\<var>cmd</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Define <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> to refer to a new “bin” for storing boxes. -Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to -measure or manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). The required bin name -<code><var>cmd</var></code> must start with a backslash, <code>\</code>, and must not -already be defined. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Define \<var>cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by +<var>cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold +material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or +manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must +start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. +This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> -<p>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. +<p>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newsavebox{\logobox} @@ -10380,7 +10404,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a> <a name="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a> @@ -10552,7 +10576,7 @@ the document, use the environment like this. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a> <a name="index-theorems_002c-defining"></a> @@ -10696,7 +10720,7 @@ by ‘<samp>Theorem 2.1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newfont</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewfont"></a> <a name="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></a> @@ -10714,8 +10738,8 @@ boldface with a roman (see <a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). </pre></div> <p>Define a command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> that will change the current font. -The control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin -with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a +backslash, <code>\</code>. </p> <a name="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></a> <a name="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></a> @@ -10745,7 +10769,7 @@ relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined in the Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cprotect-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\protect</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cprotect"></a> <a name="index-fragile-commands"></a> @@ -10816,7 +10840,7 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cignorespaces"></a> <a name="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a> @@ -11311,29 +11335,36 @@ Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a <p>A <em>length</em> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. </p> -<p>This shows a box of the given length. +<p>Lengths come in two types. A <em>rigid length</em> such as <code>10pt</code> +does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain TeX +calls this a <em>dimen</em>.) A <em>rubber length</em> (what Plain TeX +calls a <em>skip</em>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> +can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, +the <code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural length</em> while the other two, the +<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow TeX to stretch or +shrink the length to optimize placement. +</p> +<p>The illustrations below use these two commands. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} % make a bar -\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it -XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY +<pre class="example">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide +\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} + +% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) +\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} </pre></div> -<p>It produces a black bar 100 points long between ‘<samp>XXX</samp>’ and -‘<samp>YYY</samp>’. -</p> -<p>Lengths come in two types. A <em>rigid length</em> (what Plain TeX -calls a <em>dimen</em>) such as <code>10pt</code> does not contain a <code>plus</code> -or <code>minus</code> component. The above example shows a rigid length. A -<em>rubber length</em> (what Plain TeX calls a <em>skip</em>) can contain -those components, as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>. Here the -<code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural length</em> while the other two, the -<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow the length to stretch or -shrink. +<p>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points +long between ‘<samp>XXX</samp>’ and ‘<samp>YYY</samp>’. This length is rigid. </p> -<p>Shrinking is simpler: with <code>1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, the natural length -is 1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as -far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY +</pre></div> + +<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus +0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down +as far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two bars. </p> @@ -11352,7 +11383,7 @@ wider than the 300pt allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than 309 points. </p> <p>Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won’t refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110 points between the bars. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -11364,11 +11395,9 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% </pre></div> <p>In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only -1 point was specified. In this situation, TeX stretches the -space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like -‘<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</samp>’. (We won’t -discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much -stretch as needed.) +1 point was specified. TeX stretches the space to the required +length but it gives you a warning like ‘<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness +10000) detected at line 22</samp>’. (We won’t discuss badness.) </p> <p>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in <code>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>. @@ -11377,16 +11406,17 @@ stretch as needed.) stretch or shrink in proportion. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}% left +<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% + \blackbar{100pt}% left \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right </pre></div> -<p>The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another -100. In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two -<code>\hspace</code>’s must stretch 20 points. Because the two say -<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the -stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +<p>The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs +another 100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two +<code>\hspace</code>’s must stretch 20 points. Because the two are +<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the stretch +from the first space and 1/6 from the second. </p> <p>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain a <em>fill</em> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>. This gives the @@ -11402,10 +11432,10 @@ the page. \end{minipage} </pre></div> -<p>TeX actually has three infinite glue components <code>fil</code>, -<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than -the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one -(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>). +<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: +<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more +infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use +the middle one (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>). </p> <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and @@ -11446,7 +11476,7 @@ math mode. <dt><code>pt</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-pt"></a> <a name="index-Point"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal +<a name="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. </p> </dd> @@ -11559,8 +11589,13 @@ while the second will not. He said stop going to those places. </pre></div> -<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>’. +<p>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype the above as +<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, +then you get an error like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</samp>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name +then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be +read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>’ </p> <hr> @@ -11589,17 +11624,19 @@ and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">U <p>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} -Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +<pre class="example">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Nurse: no change. </pre></div> <p>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph. </p> -<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>’. If you leave -off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in +<p>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if +for example you mistype the above as +<code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get +something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>’. +If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>’. </p> @@ -11633,9 +11670,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetdepth </pre></div> -<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth</samp>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<p>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you +mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>, +then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetdepth</samp>’. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> @@ -11669,9 +11707,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetheight </pre></div> -<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if +for example you mistype as +<code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something +like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>’. If +you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> @@ -11705,22 +11745,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetwidth </pre></div> -<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth</samp>’. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you +mistype the above as <code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, +then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetwidth</samp>’. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> - - - - - - - - - <hr> <a name="Making-paragraphs"></a> <div class="header"> @@ -11733,8 +11765,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previ <a name="index-making-paragraphs"></a> <a name="index-paragraphs"></a> -<p>Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph’s contents it divides it into -lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +<p>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -11752,6 +11785,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. <p>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, <code>%</code>. </p> +<p>Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>). +</p> <p>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the line before the <code>\end{equation}</code> @@ -11800,7 +11837,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\in <a name="index-_005cpar"></a> <a name="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></a> -<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two +<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): </p> <div class="example"> @@ -11819,21 +11856,23 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\par</code> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but -it terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode +<p>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but +it terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> -<p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in math mode or in the argument -of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> command (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). +<p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> +command (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). </p> -<p>The <code>\par</code> command differs from the <code>\paragraph</code> command in -that the latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard LaTeX documents. +<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code> +command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a +sectioning unit used by the standard LaTeX documents +(see <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>). </p> -<p>The <code>\par</code> command differs from <code>\newline</code> and the line break -double backslash, <code>\\</code>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just -the line. It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph -vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). +<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line +break double backslash, <code>\\</code>. The difference is that <code>\par</code> +ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of +the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). </p> <p>The output from this example </p> @@ -12009,9 +12048,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with <code>\normalmarginpar</code>. </p> -<p>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for a -note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is -used for a note in the the right margin. +<p>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for +a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is +used for a note in the right margin. </p> <p>Normally, a note’s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with @@ -14642,6 +14681,177 @@ both text and math mode. </p></dd> </dl> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1">\smash</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005csmash"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005csmash-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4> + +<a name="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a> +<a name="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\smash{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Typeset <var>subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero. +</p> +<p>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the +<code>\smash</code> command LaTeX would separate its line from the line +above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$, +evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$. +</pre></div> + +<p>(Because of the <code>\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) +</p> +<p>This pictures the effect of <code>\smash</code> by using <code>\fbox</code> to +surround the box that LaTeX will put on the line. The +<code>\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10 points below +the baseline to 20 points above. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}} +\fbox{\blackbar} +\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}} +</pre></div> + +<p>The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and +10 points deep. But the second box is treated by LaTeX as +having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the +page still extends well above and below the line. +</p> +<p>The <code>\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the +size of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} +\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)} +\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)} +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an +argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>). +</p> +<p>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can +appear in other contexts. However, it doesn’t change into horizontal +mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a +<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">xxx xxx xxx + +\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent + +\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent +</pre></div> + +<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></a> +<a name="index-mathtools-package-2"></a> + +<p>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer +control over smashing a subformula box. +</p> + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></h4> + +<a name="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a> +<a name="index-horizontal-spacing"></a> +<a name="index-vertical-spacing"></a> +<a name="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></a> +<a name="index-invisible-character"></a> +<a name="index-character_002c-invisible"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\phantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\vphantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\hphantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, +and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes +LaTeX to typeset the box but not its ink. The <code>\vphantom</code> +variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as +<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a +box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth +zero. +</p> +<p>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside +it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so LaTeX +makes the bars align. +</p> +<p>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a> +for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></a> +<a name="index-mathtools-package-3"></a> + +<p>The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) as well +as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>), <code>\settoheight</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>). +In addition, the <samp>mathtools</samp> package has many commands that offer +fine-grained control over spacing. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package-8"></a> + +<p>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code> +command from the package <samp>amsmath</samp>. +</p> +<p>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don’t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with <code>\leavevmode</code>. +</p> <hr> <a name="Math-miscellany"></a> @@ -14700,15 +14910,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Ma <pre class="example">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-8"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package-9"></a> <p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-9"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package-10"></a> <p>But the widely-used <samp>amsmath</samp> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want @@ -14946,7 +15156,7 @@ back to paragraph mode. </p> <a name="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></a> <a name="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or +<a name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or a <code>minipage</code> then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a <em>parbox</em>, LaTeX is in <em>inner paragraph mode</em>. Its more usual @@ -14954,7 +15164,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em>outer paragraph mode</em> (see <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active. </td></tr> </table> @@ -15113,9 +15323,10 @@ To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. <dd><a name="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a> <a name="index-credit-footnote"></a> <p>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information -for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in -the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text so -you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose. +for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in +the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at +all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email +address. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code> @@ -15131,11 +15342,11 @@ omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: </dd> </dl> -<p>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <code>article</code> -in that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>. You can -either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a -renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command. +<p>To make your own title page, see <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>. You can either +create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed +<code>\maketitle</code> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use +in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their +house requirements.) </p> <hr> @@ -15177,7 +15388,7 @@ also <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_00 </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>arabic</code></dt> -<dd><p>arabic numerals: 1, 2, … +<dd><p>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, … </p> </dd> <dt><code>roman</code></dt> @@ -15366,7 +15577,7 @@ or environments. </p> <p>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). +chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass{book} @@ -15864,34 +16075,34 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: <p>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. </p> -<p>A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, LaTeX -produces white space. That’s different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. +<p>When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l} +One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </pre></div> -<p>On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with -<code>\hspace</code>; See <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>.) -</p> -<p>The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often used -after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in <code>\TeX{} is nice</code>, has the advantage of still -working if the next character is a period.) -</p> -<p>The second common use is that -it mark a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending -a sentence, as in <code>So says Prof.\ Smith</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). +<p>On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon. On the +second line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one +whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the +first line. LaTeX would similarly collapse a blank followed by a +tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line +asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the +backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. +(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with +<code>\hspace</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>.) +</p> +<p>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as +in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in +<code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So +says Prof.\ Smith</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). </p> <p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. @@ -16323,11 +16534,11 @@ item’s second line. \end{minipage}% </pre></div> -<p>The final two lists use <code>fbox</code> to show what’s happening. The third -list’s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second ‘<samp>test</samp>’, -which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. -The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra -below-baseline space. +<p>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what’s happening. The +third list’s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second +‘<samp>test</samp>’, which happens not have any characters that descend below +the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed +extra below-baseline space. </p> <a name="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></a> <a name="index-TikZ-package-1"></a> @@ -16602,7 +16813,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox \makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is is typeset in +<p>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines. The <code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). @@ -17119,9 +17330,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a hr <p>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. </p> -<p>Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands below -will only work if your document preamble contains -<code>\usepackage{color}</code>, that brings in the standard package. +<p>Color support comes as an additional package. So put +<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the +commands described here. </p> <p>Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is <samp>xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and @@ -17929,7 +18140,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <samp>.eps.gz</samp> should -be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the the BoundingBox information +be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information stored in the file with extension <samp>.eps.bb</samp>, and that the command <code>gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file. </p> @@ -18380,13 +18591,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previo <a name="index-rotating-text"></a> <a name="index-_005crotatebox"></a> -<p>Synopsis for <samp>graphics</samp> package: +<p>Synopsis if you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Synopses for <samp>graphicx</samp> package: +<p>Synopses if you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} @@ -18423,10 +18634,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this material. </p> <p>If you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package then -then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but -note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, -except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options (see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). +reference point of the box. If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package +then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, +but note that you can get the same effect without needing this +package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options +(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>origin</code></dt> @@ -18436,15 +18648,15 @@ left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for ce <code>t</code> for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline. Thus, the first line here </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon} -\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau} +<pre class="example">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon} +\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau} </pre></div> <p>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code> but gives -the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is -<code>lB</code>. +the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in +<code>c</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>x, y</code></dt> @@ -20546,7 +20758,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command <p>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file <samp><var>root-name</var>.idx</samp> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>, where +<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>, where <var>page-num</var> is the value of the <code>\thepage</code> counter. On occasion, when the <code>\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. @@ -20658,7 +20870,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </dt> <dd><p>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing -will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new +will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new letter the <code>lethead_prefix</code> and <code>lethead_suffix</code> will be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default @@ -20802,12 +21014,12 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: <a name="index-xindy"></a> <a name="index-xindy-program"></a> -<p>There are a number of other programs that do the job <code>makeindex</code> -does. One is <code>xindy</code>, which does internationalization and can -process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of -other languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and -in terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +<p>There are a number of other programs that do the job +<code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code>, which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is highly +configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order +of the text, as described in its documentation. </p> <hr> @@ -21808,8 +22020,9 @@ and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first <code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. This option -overrides that process and directly specifies the name. See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for an example of its use. +name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The +<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the +name. See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for an example of its use. </p> <a name="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></a> </dd> @@ -21821,10 +22034,10 @@ overrides that process and directly specifies the name. See <a href="#Command-l <a name="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a> <a name="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a> </dd> -<dt><code>shell-escape</code></dt> -<dt><code>no-shell-escape</code></dt> -<dt><code>enable-write18</code></dt> -<dt><code>disable-write18</code></dt> +<dt><code>--shell-escape</code></dt> +<dt><code>--no-shell-escape</code></dt> +<dt><code>--enable-write18</code></dt> +<dt><code>--disable-write18</code></dt> <dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell command</var>}</code>. The first two options are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for MiKTeX. @@ -21900,8 +22113,8 @@ PDF. </pre></div> <p>Compiling this document <samp>book.tex</samp> with the command line -<code>pdflatex test</code> will give the ‘<samp>CTAN</samp>’ link in blue. But -compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"</code> +<code>pdflatex book</code> will give the ‘<samp>CTAN</samp>’ link in blue. But +compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code> has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -21925,7 +22138,7 @@ called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first. </pre></div> <p>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise the output file would be <samp>graphicx.pdf</samp>, as <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.) </p> @@ -21980,8 +22193,8 @@ instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>. Please type another input file name: </pre></div> -<p>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Contol></code> and ‘<samp>d</samp>’ (holding -them down at the same time), and just fix the command line. +<p>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Control></code> and ‘<samp>d</samp>’ (holding +them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </p> <hr> @@ -23366,8 +23579,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> @@ -23472,6 +23686,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -23802,6 +24017,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-spacing">horizontal spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> @@ -23850,6 +24066,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> @@ -23982,10 +24199,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode">math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code>MetaPost</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code>mfirstuc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code>mhchem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> @@ -24072,8 +24293,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>appendix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> @@ -24125,6 +24347,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mhchem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> @@ -24330,6 +24554,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -24481,6 +24706,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space">vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> @@ -24583,6 +24810,6 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <hr> - +<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div> </body> </html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf Binary files differindex 7eb362ad0ec..7437ab02479 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index afd657383e5..d4f0726deb0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 678 2018-07-02 20:51:26Z karl $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED July 2018 +@set UPDATED October 2018 @include common.texi @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ @c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar @c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? @c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. +@c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr @c @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual for @LaTeX{}, a document preparation system, version of @value{UPDATED}. -This manual was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in -the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +This manual was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George@tie{}D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The @LaTeX{}2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -48,8 +49,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using @cite{Hypertext Help with @LaTeX{}}, by Sheldon Green, and @cite{@LaTeX{} Command Summary} (for @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09) by L.@tie{}Botway and C.@tie{}Biemesderfer (published by the @TeX{} Users -Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material (no -text was directly copied). +Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material. We also +gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in +latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no +text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.@* @@ -180,10 +183,17 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of @cindex home page for manual This is an unofficial reference manual for the @LaTeX{}2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the @TeX{} -typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}). This document's home page is -@url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}). + +This document's home page is @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}. There +you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its +archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in +various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. +Probably the most convenient one, shown at @url{http://latexref.xyz/}, +has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the +note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +@url{http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co}, +has all the information on single page. @cindex @LaTeX{} vs.@: @LaTeX{}2e In this document, we will mostly just use `@LaTeX{}' rather than @@ -268,10 +278,11 @@ produce the logo with @code{\LaTeX}. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in plain text, write it as @samp{LaTeX}. @menu -* Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. +* Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Output files:: Files produced. * @TeX{} engines:: Programs that can compile @TeX{} and @LaTeX{}. * @LaTeX{} command syntax:: General syntax of @LaTeX{} commands. +* Environment:: Area of the source giving distinct behavior. * CTAN:: Our repository. @end menu @@ -511,6 +522,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. +Some of @LaTeX{}'s commands are a @dfn{declaration}. Such a command +changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For +instance, the @code{\mainmatter} declaration changes the typesetting of +page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (@pxref{\frontmatter & +\mainmatter & \backmatter}). + @LaTeX{} has the convention that some commands have a @code{*} form that is related to the form without a @code{*}, such as @code{\chapter} and @code{\chapter*}. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -519,15 +536,9 @@ to command. This manual describes all accepted options and @code{*}-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs). -@menu -* Environment:: Area of the source with distinct behavior. -* Declaration:: Change the value or meaning of a command. -* \makeatletter & \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. -@end menu - @node Environment -@subsection Environments +@section Environment Synopsis: @@ -548,7 +559,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} put the lines between \end@{verse@} @end example -@xref{Environments} for a list of environments. +@xref{Environments} for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +that every @LaTeX{} document must have a @code{document} environment, +a @code{\begin@{document@} ... \end@{document@}} pair. The @var{environment name} at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where @var{environment name} ends in a @@ -567,151 +580,8 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). @end example -@node Declaration -@subsection Command declarations - -A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the @code{\mainmatter} command -changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. - - -@node \makeatletter & \makeatother -@subsection @code{\makeatletter} & @code{\makeatother} - -Synopsis: - -@example -\makeatletter - ... definition of commands with @@ in their name .. -\makeatother -@end example - -Used to redefine internal @LaTeX{} commands. @code{\makeatletter} makes -the at-sign character@tie{}@code{@@} have the category code of a letter, -11. @code{\makeatother} sets the category code of@tie{}@code{@@} to 12, -its original value. - -As each character is read by @TeX{} for @LaTeX{}, it is assigned a -character category code, or -@cindex catcode -@cindex character category code -@cindex category code, character -@dfn{catcode} for short. For instance, the backslash@tie{}@code{\} is -assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two -commands alter the catcode assigned to @code{@@}. - -The alteration is needed because many of @LaTeX{}'s commands use -@code{@@} in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a -command that replaces one of @LaTeX{}'s own. Command names consist of a -category@tie{}0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, -category@tie{}11 characters (except that a command name can also consist -of a category@tie{}0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). -So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot -contain an @code{@@}. But @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} -allow users to define or redefine commands named with @code{@@}. - -Use these two commands inside a @file{.tex} file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with @code{@@} in its name. Don't use -them inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the -@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands set the at sign to -have the character code of a letter. - -@PkgIndex{macros2e} -For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign -in their names see @url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. These macros are -mainly intended to package or class authors. - -In this example the class file has a command -@code{\thesis@@universityname} that the user wants to change. These -three lines should go in the preamble, before the -@code{\begin@{document@}}. - -@example -\makeatletter -\renewcommand@{\thesis@@universityname@}@{Saint Michael's College@} -\makeatother -@end example - -@menu -* \@@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. -@end menu - - -@node \@@ifstar -@subsubsection @code{\@@ifstar} - -@findex \@@ifstar -@cindex commands, star-variants -@cindex star-variants, commands - -Synopsis: - -@example -\newcommand@{\mycmd@}@{\@@ifstar@{\mycmd@@star@}@{\mycmd@@nostar@}@} -\newcommand@{\mycmd@@nostar@}[@var{nostar-num-args}]@{@var{nostar-body}@} -\newcommand@{\mycmd@@star@}[@var{star-num-args}]@{@var{star-body}@} -@end example - -Many standard @LaTeX{} environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character@tie{}@code{*}, an asterisk. -Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the -@code{\section} and @code{\section*} commands. - -When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a -@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@} -must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block -(@pxref{\makeatletter & \makeatother}). - -This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a -variant @code{\ciel*}. Both have one required argument. A call to -@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while -@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky". - -@example -\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@} -\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@} -\newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@} -@end example - -In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's -@code{``My name is \agentsecret*@{Bond@}, -\agentsecret@{James@}@{Bond@}.''} is equivalent to entering the commands -@code{``My name is \textsc@{Bond@}, \textit@{James@} textsc@{Bond@}.''} - -@example -\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}[2]@{\textit@{#1@} \textsc@{#2@}@} -\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@starred@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@} -\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@}@{% - \@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@} -@end example - -There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -@code{\@@ifstar}. The @file{suffix} package allows the construct -@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by -@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}. And -@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code. - -@example -\NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1 - @{@var{starred version}@}% - @{@var{unstarred version}@}% - @} -@end example - - @node CTAN -@section CTAN: Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network +@section CTAN: the Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network @cindex CTAN @@ -1033,9 +903,11 @@ others. For instance, the class @code{smcmemo} might have commands A class file or package file typically has four parts. @enumerate +@item In the @dfn{identification part}, the file says that it is a @LaTeX{} package or class and describes itself, using the @code{\NeedsTeXFormat} and @code{\ProvidesClass} or @code{\ProvidesPackage} commands. + @item The @dfn{preliminary declarations part} declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed @@ -1045,6 +917,7 @@ people for the to-head, as @code{\documentclass[mathto]@{smcmemo@}}, and therefore needs to define a command @code{\newcommand@{\setto@}[1]@{\def\@@tolist@{#1@}@}} used in that file. + @item In the @dfn{handle options part} the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their @@ -1052,6 +925,7 @@ document as @code{\documentclass[@var{option list}]@{@var{class name}@}}, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare @code{\documentclass[11pt]@{article@}} to set the default document font size. + @item Finally, in the @dfn{more declarations part} the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and @@ -5244,7 +5118,7 @@ depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets @samp{[...]}, if you have an item whose text starts with @samp{[}, you -have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: @code{\item +have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: @code{\item @{[@} is an open square bracket}; otherwise, @LaTeX{} will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -5446,7 +5320,7 @@ stretchable space. @end table -The @var{inner-pos} argument makes sense when the @var{height} options +The @var{inner-pos} argument makes sense when the @var{height} option is set to a value larger than the @code{minipage}'s natural height. To see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of @code{b}. @@ -6589,8 +6463,8 @@ ampersand, @code{&}. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, @code{\\}. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with @code{\hline}. @findex \\ @r{for @code{tabular}} -This @code{\\} is optional after the last row unless an @code{\hline} -command follows, to put a rule below the table. +After the last row the @code{\\} is optional, unless an @code{\hline} +command follows to put a rule below the table. The required and optional arguments to @code{tabular} consist of: @@ -6643,9 +6517,9 @@ If you override the default and use an @@-expression then @LaTeX{} does not insert @code{\tabcolsep} so you must insert any desired space yourself, as in @code{@@@{\hspace@{1em@}@}}. -An empty expression @code{@@@{@}} will eliminate the space. In -particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the -first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the +An empty expression @code{@@@{@}} will eliminate the space. In +particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first +column or after the last one, as in the example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. @example @@ -6855,10 +6729,10 @@ range en-dash. @end example @noindent -Note that although the @code{tabular} specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the @var{cols} of either of the first row's -@code{\multicolumn} commands, no rule appears in the first row. +Although the @code{tabular} specification by default puts a vertical +rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears +in the first row here. That's because there is no vertical bar in the +@var{cols} part of the first row's first @code{\multicolumn} command. @node \vline @@ -7126,12 +7000,21 @@ The ultimate source is \cite@{texbook@}. @end example @noindent -produces the output @samp{... source is [1]}. +produces output like @samp{... source is [1]}. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in +@ref{Using BibTeX}.) The optional argument @var{subcite} is appended to the citation. For example, @code{See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]@{texbook@}} might produce @samp{See 14.3 in [1, p.@tie{}314]}. +In addition to what appears in the output, @code{\cite} writes +information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{filename}.aux}. For +instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes @samp{\citation@{latexdps@}} +to that file. This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include in your +reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see +@ref{\nocite} also. + If @var{keys} is not in your bibliography information then you get @samp{LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references}, and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -7139,14 +7022,7 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in @code{\cite@{texbok@}} then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the @file{.aux} file (@pxref{\bibitem}) then -the fix may be to just run @LaTeX{} again. - -In addition to what appears in the output, @code{\cite} writes -information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{filename}.aux}. For -instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes @samp{\citation@{latexdps@}} -to that file. This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -@ref{\nocite} also. +the fix may be to run @LaTeX{} again. @node \nocite @@ -8501,15 +8377,17 @@ second.\footnotefrom@{% @LaTeX{} has support for making new commands of many different kinds. @menu -* \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command. -* \providecommand:: Define a new command, if name not used. -* \newcounter:: Define a new counter. -* \newlength:: Define a new length. -* \newsavebox:: Define a new box. +* \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command. +* \providecommand:: Define a new command, if name not used. +* \makeatletter & \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. +* \@@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. +* \newcounter:: Define a new counter. +* \newlength:: Define a new length. +* \newsavebox:: Define a new box. * \newenvironment & \renewenvironment:: Define a new environment. -* \newtheorem:: Define a new theorem-like environment. -* \newfont:: Define a new font name. -* \protect:: Using tricky commands. +* \newtheorem:: Define a new theorem-like environment. +* \newfont:: Define a new font name. +* \protect:: Using tricky commands. * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces. @end menu @@ -8713,6 +8591,137 @@ outputs @samp{From Saint Michael's College}. Unlike @code{\newcommand}, the repeated use of @code{\providecommand} does not give an error. +@node \makeatletter & \makeatother +@section @code{\makeatletter} & @code{\makeatother} + +Synopsis: + +@example +\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @@ in their name .. +\makeatother +@end example + +Use this pair when you redefine @LaTeX{} commands that are named with an +at-sign character@tie{}@samp{@code{@@}}. The @code{\makeatletter} +declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a +letter, code@tie{}11. The @code{\makeatother} declaration sets the +category code of the at-sign to code@tie{}12, its default value. + +As @TeX{} reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +@cindex catcode +@cindex character category code +@cindex category code, character +@dfn{catcode}. For instance, it assigns the backslash +character@tie{}@samp{@code{\}} the catcode@tie{}0. Command names +consist of a category@tie{}0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed +by letters, category@tie{}11 characters (except that a command name can +also consist of a category@tie{}0 character followed by a single +non-letter symbol). + +@LaTeX{}'s source code has the convention that some commands use +@code{@@} in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package +or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a +package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of +their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode@tie{}12. + +The pair @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} changes the +default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a @file{.tex} +file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with @code{@@}, by having them surround your definition. Don't +use these inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the +@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands already arrange +that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode@tie{}11. + +@PkgIndex{macros2e} +For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. + +In this example the class file has a command +@code{\thesis@@universityname} that the user wants to change. These +three lines should go in the preamble, before the +@code{\begin@{document@}}. + +@example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand@{\thesis@@universityname@}@{Saint Michael's College@} +\makeatother +@end example + + +@node \@@ifstar +@section @code{\@@ifstar} + +@findex \@@ifstar +@cindex commands, star-variants +@cindex star-variants, commands + +Synopsis: + +@example +\newcommand@{\mycmd@}@{\@@ifstar@{\mycmd@@star@}@{\mycmd@@nostar@}@} +\newcommand@{\mycmd@@nostar@}[@var{nostar-num-args}]@{@var{nostar-body}@} +\newcommand@{\mycmd@@star@}[@var{star-num-args}]@{@var{star-body}@} +@end example + +Many standard @LaTeX{} environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character@tie{}@code{*}, an asterisk. +Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the +@code{\section} and @code{\section*} commands. + +When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a +@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@} +must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block +(@pxref{\makeatletter & \makeatother}). + +This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a +variant @code{\ciel*}. Both have one required argument. A call to +@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while +@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky". + +@example +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@} +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@} +\newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@} +@end example + +In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's +@code{``My name is \agentsecret*@{Bond@}, +\agentsecret@{James@}@{Bond@}.''} is equivalent to entering the commands +@code{``My name is \textsc@{Bond@}, \textit@{James@} textsc@{Bond@}.''} + +@example +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}[2]@{\textit@{#1@} \textsc@{#2@}@} +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@starred@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@} +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@}@{% + \@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@} +@end example + +There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +@code{\@@ifstar}. The @file{suffix} package allows the construct +@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by +@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}. And +@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code. + +@example +\NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1 + @{@var{starred version}@}% + @{@var{unstarred version}@}% + @} +@end example + + @node \newcounter @section @code{\newcounter}: Allocating a counter @@ -8808,16 +8817,17 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}. Synopsis: @example -\newsavebox@{@var{cmd}@} +\newsavebox@{\@var{cmd}@} @end example -Define @code{\@var{cmd}} to refer to a new ``bin'' for storing boxes. -Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to -measure or manipulate (@pxref{Boxes}). The required bin name -@code{@var{cmd}} must start with a backslash, @code{\}, and must not -already be defined. This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). +Define \@var{cmd}, the string consisting of a backslash followed by +@var{cmd}, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold +material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or +manipulate (@pxref{Boxes}). The bin name \@var{cmd} is required, must +start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. +This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). -The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. +This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. @example \newsavebox@{\logobox@} @@ -9155,8 +9165,8 @@ Synopsis: @end example Define a command @code{\@var{cmd}} that will change the current font. -The control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin -with a backslash, @code{\}. +The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a +backslash, @code{\}. @cindex at clause, in font definitions @cindex design size, in font definitions @@ -9438,7 +9448,7 @@ Here are the symbols: @multitable @columnfractions .10 .30 .30 .30 @headitem Number@tab Name@tab Command@tab Symbol @item -1@tab asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast},*} +1@tab asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{\ast},*} @item 2@tab dagger@tab@code{\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger} @item @@ -9450,7 +9460,7 @@ Here are the symbols: @item 6@tab double-vert@tab@code{\parallel}@tab@BES{2016,\parallel} @item -7@tab double-asterisk@tab@code{\ast\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast@ast},**} +7@tab double-asterisk@tab@code{\ast\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{\ast\ast},**} @item 8@tab double-dagger@tab@code{\dagger\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger}@BES{2020,\dagger} @@ -9670,30 +9680,37 @@ bogus month value produces no output). A @dfn{length} is a measure of distance. Many @LaTeX{} commands take a length as an argument. -This shows a box of the given length. +Lengths come in two types. A @dfn{rigid length} such as @code{10pt} +does not contain a @code{plus} or @code{minus} component. (Plain @TeX{} +calls this a @dfn{dimen}.) A @dfn{rubber length} (what Plain @TeX{} +calls a @dfn{skip}) such as as with @code{1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm} +can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, +the @code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural length} while the other two, the +@code{plus} and @code{minus} components, allow @TeX{} to stretch or +shrink the length to optimize placement. + +The illustrations below use these two commands. @example -\newcommand@{\blackbar@}[1]@{\rule@{#1@}@{10pt@}@} % make a bar -\newcommand@{\showhbox@}[2]@{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox@{\hbox to #1@{#2@}@}@} % box it -XXX\showhbox@{100pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY +% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide +\newcommand@{\blackbar@}[1]@{\rule@{#1@}@{10pt@}@} + +% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) +\newcommand@{\showhbox@}[2]@{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox@{\hbox to #1@{#2@}@}@} @end example @noindent -It produces a black bar 100@tie{}points long between @samp{XXX} and -@samp{YYY}. - -Lengths come in two types. A @dfn{rigid length} (what Plain @TeX{} -calls a @dfn{dimen}) such as @code{10pt} does not contain a @code{plus} -or @code{minus} component. The above example shows a rigid length. A -@dfn{rubber length} (what Plain @TeX{} calls a @dfn{skip}) can contain -those components, as with @code{1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm}. Here the -@code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural length} while the other two, the -@code{plus} and @code{minus} components, allow the length to stretch or -shrink. - -Shrinking is simpler: with @code{1cm minus 0.05cm}, the natural length -is 1@dmn{cm} but if smaller is needed then @TeX{} can shrink it down as -far as 0.95@dmn{cm}. Beyond that, @TeX{} refuses to shrink any more. +This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100@tie{}points +long between @samp{XXX} and @samp{YYY}. This length is rigid. + +@example +XXX\showhbox@{100pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY +@end example + +As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with @code{1cm minus +0.05cm}, the natural length is 1@dmn{cm} but @TeX{} can shrink it down +as far as 0.95@dmn{cm}. Beyond that, @TeX{} refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98@tie{}points between the two bars. @@ -9713,7 +9730,7 @@ wider than the 300@dmn{pt} allocated, as @TeX{} has refused to shrink the total to less than 309@tie{}points. Stretching is like shrinking except that if @TeX{} is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won't refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110@tie{}points between the bars. @example @@ -9726,11 +9743,9 @@ XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{% @noindent In the second line @TeX{} needs a stretch of 10@tie{}points and only -1@tie{}point was specified. In this situation, @TeX{} stretches the -space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like -@samp{Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22}. (We won't -discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much -stretch as needed.) +1@tie{}point was specified. @TeX{} stretches the space to the required +length but it gives you a warning like @samp{Underfull \hbox (badness +10000) detected at line 22}. (We won't discuss badness.) You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in @code{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex}. @@ -9739,17 +9754,18 @@ If @TeX{} is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the stretch or shrink in proportion. @example -XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}% left +XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{% + \blackbar@{100pt@}% left \hspace@{0pt plus 50pt@}\blackbar@{80pt@}\hspace@{0pt plus 10pt@}% middle \blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY % right @end example @noindent -The outside bars take up 100@tie{}points, so the middle needs another -100. In the middle the bar takes up 80@tie{}points, so the two -@code{\hspace}'s must stretch 20@tie{}points. Because the two say -@code{plus 50pt} and @code{plus 10pt}, @TeX{} gets 5/6 of the -stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +The left and right bars take up 100@tie{}points, so the middle needs +another 100. The middle bar is 80@tie{}points so the two +@code{\hspace}'s must stretch 20@tie{}points. Because the two are +@code{plus 50pt} and @code{plus 10pt}, @TeX{} gets 5/6 of the stretch +from the first space and 1/6 from the second. The @code{plus} or @code{minus} component of a rubber length can contain a @dfn{fill} component, as in @code{1in plus2fill}. This gives the @@ -9765,10 +9781,10 @@ the page. \end@{minipage@} @end example -@TeX{} actually has three infinite glue components @code{fil}, -@code{fill}, and @code{filll}. The later ones are more infinite than -the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one -(@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}). +@TeX{} actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: +@code{fil}, @code{fill}, and @code{filll}. The later ones are more +infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use +the middle one (@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}). Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and @@ -9799,7 +9815,7 @@ math mode. @findex pt @cindex Point @anchor{units of length pt} -Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal +Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal places, is 1@dmn{point} = 2.85@dmn{mm} = 28.45@dmn{cm}. @item pc @@ -9912,8 +9928,13 @@ I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places. He said stop going to those places. @end example -If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}. +If you did not declare @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, for example if +you mistype the above as +@code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\setlength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}}, +then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent}. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name +then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be +read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}} @node \addtolength @@ -9937,8 +9958,8 @@ length}). Below, if @code{\parskip} starts with the value @code{0pt plus 1pt} @example -\addtolength@{\parskip@}@{1pt@} Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +\addtolength@{\parskip@}@{1pt@} Nurse: no change. @end example @@ -9946,9 +9967,11 @@ Nurse: no change. @noindent then it has the value @code{1pt plus 1pt} for the second paragraph. -If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}. If you leave -off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in +If you did not declare the length @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, if +for example you mistype the above as +@code{\addtolength@{\specparindent@}@{0.6\praindent@}}, then you get +something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}. +If you leave off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in @code{\addtolength@{parindent@}@{1pt@}}, then you get something like @samp{You can't use `the letter p' after \advance}. @@ -9976,9 +9999,10 @@ This will show how low the character descenders go. \the\alphabetdepth @end example -If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth}. If you -leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +If you did not set aside the length @var{len}, if for example you +mistype the above as @code{\settodepth@{\aplhabetdepth@}@{abc...@}}, +then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetdepth}. If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in @code{\settodepth@{alphabetdepth@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. @@ -10006,9 +10030,11 @@ This will show how high the characters go. \the\alphabetheight @end example -If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight}. If you -leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +If no such length @var{len} has been declared with @code{\newlength}, if +for example you mistype as +@code{\settoheight@{\aplhabetheight@}@{abc...@}}, then you get something +like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight}. If +you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in @code{\settoheight@{alphabetheight@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. @@ -10036,51 +10062,23 @@ This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. \the\alphabetwidth @end example -If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth}. If you -leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +If no such length @var{len} has been set aside, if for example you +mistype the above as @code{\settowidth@{\aplhabetwidth@}@{abc...@}}, +then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetwidth}. If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in @code{\settoheight@{alphabetwidth@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. -@c @node Predefined lengths -@c @section Predefined lengths - -@c @cindex lengths, predefined -@c @cindex predefined lengths - -@c @code{\width} -@c @findex \width - -@c @code{\height} -@c @findex \height - -@c @code{\depth} -@c @findex \depth - -@c @code{\totalheight} -@c @findex \totalheight - -@c These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -@c commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width, etc., of the -@c text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals -@c @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To -@c make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say - -@c @example -@c \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} -@c @end example - - @node Making paragraphs @chapter Making paragraphs @cindex making paragraphs @cindex paragraphs -Once @LaTeX{} has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into -lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (@pxref{Line -breaking}). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. @example It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -10098,6 +10096,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, @code{%}. +Once @LaTeX{} has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(@pxref{Line breaking}). + There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a blank line in math mode (@pxref{Modes}); here the line before the @code{\end@{equation@}} @@ -10138,7 +10140,7 @@ complete}. @findex \par @cindex paragraph, ending -Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{}, converts two +Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{} converts two consecutive newlines to a @code{\par}): @example @@ -10157,22 +10159,25 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou@} @end example -The @code{\par} command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but -it terminates paragraph mode, bringing @LaTeX{} to vertical mode +In LR mode or a vertical mode the @code{\par} command does nothing but +it terminates paragraph mode, switching @LaTeX{} to vertical mode (@pxref{Modes}). -You cannot use the @code{\par} command in math mode or in the argument -of many commands, such as the @code{\section} command (@pxref{Making -paragraphs} and @pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}). +You cannot use the @code{\par} command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the @code{\section} +command (@pxref{Making paragraphs} and @ref{\newcommand & +\renewcommand}). -The @code{\par} command differs from the @code{\paragraph} command in -that the latter is, like @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}, a -sectioning unit used by the standard @LaTeX{} documents. +The @code{\par} command is not the same as the @code{\paragraph} +command. The latter is, like @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}, a +sectioning unit used by the standard @LaTeX{} documents +(@pxref{\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph}). -The @code{\par} command differs from @code{\newline} and the line break -double backslash, @code{\\}, in that \par ends the paragraph not just -the line. It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph -vertical space @code{\parskip} (@pxref{\parindent & \parskip}). +The @code{\par} command is not the same as @code{\newline} or the line +break double backslash, @code{\\}. The difference is that @code{\par} +ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of +the between-paragraph vertical space @code{\parskip} (@pxref{\parindent +& \parskip}). The output from this example @@ -10331,9 +10336,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with @code{\normalmarginpar}. -When you specify the optional argument @var{left} then it is used for a -note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument @var{right} is -used for a note in the the right margin. +When you specify the optional argument @var{left} then it is used for +a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument @var{right} is +used for a note in the right margin. Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning @var{left} or @var{right} with @@ -10606,7 +10611,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, see @ref{\ensuremath}. -@c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols +@c xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols @c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html @ftable @code @@ -12216,6 +12221,158 @@ A length of 2 quads, that is, 36@dmn{mu} = 2@dmn{em}. It is available in both text and math mode. @end table +@menu +* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +@end menu + + +@node \smash +@subsection @code{\smash} + +@cindex vertical spacing, math mode +@cindex math mode, vertical space + +Synopsis: + +@example +\smash@{@var{subformula}@} +@end example + +Typeset @var{subformula} as if its height and depth were zero. + +In this example the exponential is so tall that without the +@code{\smash} command @LaTeX{} would separate its line from the line +above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly. + +@example +To compute the tetration $\smash@{2^@{2^@{2^2@}@}@}$, +evaluate from the top down, as $2^@{2^4@}=2^@{16@}=65536$. +@end example + +(Because of the @code{\smash} the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) + +This pictures the effect of @code{\smash} by using @code{\fbox} to +surround the box that @LaTeX{} will put on the line. The +@code{\blackbar} command makes a bar extending from 10@tie{}points below +the baseline to 20@tie{}points above. + +@example +\newcommand@{\blackbar@}@{\rule[-10pt]@{5pt@}@{30pt@}@} +\fbox@{\blackbar@} +\fbox@{\smash@{\blackbar@}@} +@end example + +The first box that @LaTeX{} places is 20@tie{}points high and +10@tie{}points deep. But the second box is treated by @LaTeX{} as +having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the +page still extends well above and below the line. + +The @code{\smash} command appears often in mathematics to adjust the +size of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} +\sqrt@{\sum_@{0\leq k< n@} f(k)@} +\sqrt@{\vphantom@{\sum@}\smash@{\sum_@{0\leq k< n@}@} f(k)@} +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +Note the use of @code{\vphantom} to give the @code{\sqrt} command an +argument with the height of the @code{\sum} (@pxref{\phantom & \vphantom +& \hphantom}). + +While most often used in mathematics, the @code{\smash} command can +appear in other contexts. However, it doesn't change into horizontal +mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a +@code{\leavevmode}, as in the bottom line below. + +@example +xxx xxx xxx + +\smash@{yyy@} % no paragraph indent + +\leavevmode\smash@{zzz@} % usual paragraph indent +@end example + +@PkgIndex{mathtools} +The package @code{mathtools} has operators that provide even finer +control over smashing a subformula box. + + +@node \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom +@subsection @code{\phantom} & @code{\vphantom} & @code{\hphantom} + +@cindex spacing, math mode +@cindex horizontal spacing +@cindex vertical spacing +@cindex math mode, spacing +@cindex invisible character +@cindex character, invisible + +Synopsis: + +@example +\phantom@{@var{subformula}@} +@end example + +or + +@example +\vphantom@{@var{subformula}@} +@end example + +or + +@example +\hphantom@{@var{subformula}@} +@end example + +The @code{\phantom} command creates a box with the same height, depth, +and width as @var{subformula}, but empty. That is, this command causes +@LaTeX{} to typeset the box but not its ink. The @code{\vphantom} +variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as +@var{subformula}, but it has width zero. And @code{\hphantom} makes a +box with the same width as @var{subformula} but with height and depth +zero. + +Without the @code{\vphantom} in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. + +@example +\( \sqrt@{\vphantom@{a^3@}a@}\cdot\sqrt@{a^3@} \) +@end example + +The @code{\vphantom@{a^3@}} causes the first @code{\sqrt} to have inside +it a box of the same height as the second @code{\sqrt}, so @LaTeX{} +makes the bars align. + +These commands often are combined with @code{\smash}. @xref{\smash} +for another example of the use of @code{\vphantom}. + +@PkgIndex{mathtools} +The three phantom commands appear often but note that @LaTeX{} provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including @code{\makebox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}) as well +as @code{\settodepth} (@pxref{\settodepth}), @code{\settoheight} +(@pxref{\settoheight}), and @code{\settowidth} (@pxref{\settowidth}). +In addition, the @file{mathtools} package has many commands that offer +fine-grained control over spacing. + +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the @code{\operatorname} +command from the package @file{amsmath}. + +While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don't cause @LaTeX{} to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with @code{\leavevmode}. + @node Math miscellany @section Math miscellany @@ -12480,7 +12637,7 @@ back to paragraph mode. @cindex outer paragraph mode @anchor{modes inner paragraph mode} @anchor{modes outer paragraph mode} -Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a @code{\parbox} command or +Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a @code{\parbox} command or a @code{minipage} then @LaTeX{} is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a @dfn{parbox}, @LaTeX{} is in @dfn{inner paragraph mode}. Its more usual @@ -12488,7 +12645,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is @dfn{outer paragraph mode} (@pxref{Page breaking}). @menu -* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active +* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active. @end menu @node \ensuremath @@ -12615,9 +12772,10 @@ To have no date, instead use @code{\date@{@}}. @cindex thanks, for titlepage @cindex credit footnote Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information -for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in -the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text so -you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose. +for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in +the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at +all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email +address. @item \title@{@var{text}@} @cindex title, for titlepage @@ -12629,11 +12787,11 @@ omit the @code{\title} declaration then you get @samp{LaTeX Error: No @end ftable -Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of @code{article} -in that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see@tie{}@ref{titlepage}. You can -either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a -renewed @code{\maketitle} command. +To make your own title page, see@tie{}@ref{titlepage}. You can either +create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed +@code{\maketitle} command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use +in place of @code{article} that formats the title according to their +house requirements.) @node \pagenumbering @@ -12669,7 +12827,7 @@ also@tie{}@ref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}). @table @code @item arabic -arabic numerals: 1, 2, @dots{} +Arabic numerals: 1, 2, @dots{} @item roman lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, @dots{} @@ -12828,7 +12986,7 @@ or environments. Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this @LaTeX{} book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in @code{plain} style, as is the default (@pxref{Page +chapter in @code{plain} style, as is the default (@pxref{Page styles}). @example @@ -13257,35 +13415,35 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333@dmn{pt} plus 1.66666@dmn{pt} minus 1.11111@dmn{pt}. -A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, @LaTeX{} -produces white space. That's different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. +When you type one or more blanks between words, @LaTeX{} produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. @example \begin@{tabular@}@{l@} +One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end@{tabular@} @end example @noindent -On the first line @LaTeX{} collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with -@code{\hspace}; @xref{\hspace}.) - -The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often used -after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in @code{\TeX\ is nice}. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in @code{\TeX@{@} is nice}, has the advantage of still -working if the next character is a period.) - -The second common use is that -it mark a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending -a sentence, as in @code{So says Prof.\ Smith} (@pxref{\@@}). +On the first line @LaTeX{} puts some space after the colon. On the +second line @LaTeX{} collapses the three blanks to output one +whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the +first line. @LaTeX{} would similarly collapse a blank followed by a +tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line +asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the +backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. +(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with +@code{\hspace}; see@tie{}@ref{\hspace}.) + +The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as +in @code{\TeX\ is nice}. (But using curly parentheses, as in +@code{\TeX@{@} is best}, has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in @code{So +says Prof.\ Smith} (@pxref{\@@}). Under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{tab} and @code{\}@key{newline} are equivalent to backslash-space, @code{\ }. @@ -13684,11 +13842,11 @@ item's second line. @end example @noindent -The final two lists use @code{fbox} to show what's happening. The third -list's @code{\parbox} goes only to the bottom of its second @samp{test}, -which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. -The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra -below-baseline space. +The final two lists use @code{\fbox} to show what's happening. The +third list's @code{\parbox} goes only to the bottom of its second +@samp{test}, which happens not have any characters that descend below +the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed +extra below-baseline space. @PkgIndex{TikZ} @PkgIndex{Asymptote} The @code{\strut} command is often useful in graphics, such as in @@ -13891,6 +14049,7 @@ with a @code{\par} command (@pxref{\par}), as in the above example. @cindex boxes +@c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. At its core, @LaTeX{} puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. @@ -13926,7 +14085,7 @@ Synopsis, one of: \makebox[@var{width}][@var{position}]@{@var{text}@} @end example -Create a box, a container for material. The @var{text} is is typeset in +Create a box, a container for material. The @var{text} is typeset in LR mode (@pxref{Modes}) so it is not broken into lines. The @code{\mbox} command is robust, while @code{\makebox} is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -14410,9 +14569,9 @@ robust (@pxref{\protect}). You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. -Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands below -will only work if your document preamble contains -@code{\usepackage@{color@}}, that brings in the standard package. +Color support comes as an additional package. So put +@code{\usepackage@{color@}} in your document preamble to use the +commands described here. Many other packages also supplement @LaTeX{}'s color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is @file{xcolor}, which is widely used and @@ -15131,7 +15290,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, @code{\DeclareGraphicsRule@{.eps.gz@}@{eps@}@{.eps.bb@}@{`gunzip -c #1@}} specifies that any file with the extension @file{.eps.gz} should -be treated as an @code{eps} file, with the the BoundingBox information +be treated as an @code{eps} file, with the BoundingBox information stored in the file with extension @file{.eps.bb}, and that the command @code{gunzip -c} will run on your platform to decompresses the file. @@ -15565,13 +15724,13 @@ external commands. @cindex rotating text @findex \rotatebox -Synopsis for @file{graphics} package: +Synopsis if you use the @file{graphics} package: @example \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@} @end example -Synopses for @file{graphicx} package: +Synopses if you use the @file{graphicx} package: @example \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@} @@ -15608,10 +15767,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what @LaTeX{} uses as the box when typesetting this material. If you use the @file{graphics} package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the @file{graphicx} package then -then these are the options that can go in the @var{key-value list}, but -note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, -except for the @code{x} and @code{y} options (@pxref{\includegraphics}). +reference point of the box. If you use the @file{graphicx} package +then these are the options that can go in the @var{key-value list}, +but note that you can get the same effect without needing this +package, except for the @code{x} and @code{y} options +(@pxref{\includegraphics}). @table @code @item origin @@ -15621,16 +15781,16 @@ left, @code{r} for right, @code{b} for bottom, @code{c} for center, @code{t} for top, and @code{B} for baseline. Thus, the first line here @example -\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]@{moon@} -\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]@{LeBateau@} +\rotatebox[origin=c]@{180@}@{moon@} +\rotatebox[origin=lB]@{180@}@{LeBateau@} @end example @noindent will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character @code{c} gives the horizontal center in @code{bc} or @code{tc} but gives -the vertical center in @code{lc} or @code{rc}.) The default is -@code{lB}. +the vertical center in @code{lc} or @code{rc}, and gives both in +@code{c}.) The default is @code{lB}. @item x, y Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with @@ -17352,7 +17512,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command The @code{\index} command writes the indexing information to the file @file{@var{root-name}.idx} file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -@code{\indexentry@{@var{index-entry-string}@}@{@var{page-num}@}}, where +@code{\indexentry@{@var{index-entry-string}@}@{@var{page-num}@}}, where @var{page-num} is the value of the @code{\thepage} counter. On occasion, when the @code{\printindex} command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. @@ -17450,7 +17610,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt}). @item lethead_flag An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than @code{group_skip} nothing -will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new +will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new letter the @code{lethead_prefix} and @code{lethead_suffix} will be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default @@ -17557,12 +17717,12 @@ roman @code{R}, and uppercase alphabetic @code{A}. Default: @findex xindy @cindex @command{xindy} program -There are a number of other programs that do the job @command{makeindex} -does. One is @command{xindy}, which does internationalization and can -process indexes for documents marked up using @LaTeX{} and a number of -other languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and -in terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +There are a number of other programs that do the job +@command{makeindex} does. One is @command{xindy}, which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using @LaTeX{} and a number of other languages. It is highly +configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order +of the text, as described in its documentation. @node \printindex @@ -18426,9 +18586,9 @@ When you run @code{@command{pdflatex} @var{options} @var{argument}}, if @var{argument} does not start with a backslash then @TeX{} considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first @code{\input} instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. This option -overrides that process and directly specifies the name. @xref{Command -line input} for an example of its use. +name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The +@code{jobname} option overrides that process and directly specifies the +name. @xref{Command line input} for an example of its use. @findex --output-directory @r{command-line option} @item -output-directory=@var{directory} @@ -18438,10 +18598,10 @@ Write files in the directory @var{directory}. It must already exist. @findex --no-shell-escape @r{command-line option} @findex --enable-write18 @r{command-line option} @findex --disable-write18 @r{command-line option} -@item shell-escape -@itemx no-shell-escape -@itemx enable-write18 -@itemx disable-write18 +@item --shell-escape +@itemx --no-shell-escape +@itemx --enable-write18 +@itemx --disable-write18 Enable or disable @code{\write18@{@var{shell command}@}}. The first two options are for with @TeX{} Live or Mac@TeX{} while the second two are for MiK@TeX{}. @@ -18505,8 +18665,8 @@ PDF. @noindent Compiling this document @file{book.tex} with the command line -@code{pdflatex test} will give the @samp{CTAN} link in blue. But -compiling it with @code{pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input test.tex"} +@code{pdflatex book} will give the @samp{CTAN} link in blue. But +compiling it with @code{pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input book.tex"} has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -18534,7 +18694,7 @@ pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}" @noindent so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The @code{jobname} option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The @code{jobname} option is there because otherwise the output file would be @file{graphicx.pdf}, as @code{\RequirePackage} does an @code{\input} of its own.) @@ -18586,8 +18746,8 @@ Please type another input file name: @end example @noindent -The simplest thing is to enter @code{<Contol>} and @samp{d} (holding -them down at the same time), and just fix the command line. +The simplest thing is to enter @code{<Control>} and @samp{d} (holding +them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. @node Document templates diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index ba93e97513a..d6bc68bdb68 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -36,11 +36,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 2.2 Output files 2.3 TeX engines 2.4 LaTeX command syntax - 2.4.1 Environments - 2.4.2 Command declarations - 2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' - 2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar' - 2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network + 2.5 Environment + 2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network 3 Document classes 3.1 Document class options 3.2 Additional packages @@ -157,14 +154,16 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 12 Definitions 12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand' 12.2 '\providecommand' - 12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter - 12.4 '\newlength' - 12.5 '\newsavebox' - 12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' - 12.7 '\newtheorem' - 12.8 '\newfont' - 12.9 '\protect' - 12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' + 12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' + 12.4 '\@ifstar' + 12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter + 12.6 '\newlength' + 12.7 '\newsavebox' + 12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' + 12.9 '\newtheorem' + 12.10 '\newfont' + 12.11 '\protect' + 12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' 13 Counters 13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters 13.2 '\usecounter' @@ -197,6 +196,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 16.4 Math accents 16.5 Over- and Underlining 16.6 Spacing in math mode + 16.6.1 '\smash' + 16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' 16.7 Math miscellany 16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' 16.7.2 '\*' @@ -312,18 +313,26 @@ Index LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2018) -for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October +2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. 1 About this document ********************* This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting -program (*note Overview::). This document's home page is -<puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +program (*note Overview::). + + This document's home page is +<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. There you can get +the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see +other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats. In +particular, the output comes in two web formats. Probably the most +convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each +topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about +easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>, +has all the information on single page. In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades @@ -538,6 +547,12 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. + Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration". Such a command changes +the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For instance, +the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers +from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & +\backmatter::). + LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'. The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. @@ -545,8 +560,8 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). -2.4.1 Environments ------------------- +2.5 Environment +=============== Synopsis: @@ -563,7 +578,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between ... \end{verse} - *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. + *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. Particularly +notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment, +a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair. The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a @@ -578,120 +595,8 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} -2.4.2 Command declarations --------------------------- - -A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes -the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. - -2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' --------------------------------------- - -Synopsis: - - \makeatletter - ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. - \makeatother - - Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. '\makeatletter' makes the -at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11. -'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value. - - As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a -character category code, or "catcode" for short. For instance, the -backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a -command. These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'. - - The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in -their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that -replaces one of LaTeX's own. Command names consist of a category 0 -character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11 -characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0 -character followed by a single non-letter symbol). So under the default -category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'. But -'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine -commands named with '@'. - - Use these two commands inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with '@' in its name. Don't use them -inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and -'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of -a letter. - - For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. These macros are mainly intended to -package or class authors. - - In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' -that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the -preamble, before the '\begin{document}'. - - \makeatletter - \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} - \makeatother - -2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar' -.................. - -Synopsis: - - \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} - \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY} - \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY} - - Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples -are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and -'\section*' commands. - - When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment -name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As -in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above -as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For -instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the -'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments -but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In -the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They -could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no -arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using -at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' -block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). - - This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant -'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' -will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry -not blue sky". - - \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} - - In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's -'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is -equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, -\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''' - - \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} - \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} - \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% - \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} - - There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work -of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct -'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by -'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has -the 'xparse' package that allows this code. - - \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {STARRED VERSION}% - {UNSTARRED VERSION}% - } - -2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network -=========================================== +2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network +=============================================== The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX community's repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites @@ -892,23 +797,26 @@ class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the class --------------------------------- A class file or package file typically has four parts. - In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX + 1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat' and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands. - 1. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can + + 2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For example, an 'smcmemo' class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}', and therefore needs to define a command '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file. - 2. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and + + 3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font size. - 3. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package + + 4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and loading other files. @@ -3996,7 +3904,7 @@ or default depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]', -if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to to hide the +if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -4156,10 +4064,9 @@ is the value of POSITION). Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically stretchable space. - The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT options is set to -a value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect -of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of -'b'. + The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a +value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect of +the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'. Text before \begin{center} @@ -5022,8 +4929,8 @@ between them. This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'. Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, '&'. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'. -This '\\' is optional after the last row unless an '\hline' command -follows, to put a rule below the table. +After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command +follows to put a rule below the table. The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of: @@ -5075,10 +4982,9 @@ COLS space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'. An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space. In - particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space - before the first column or after the last one, as in the - example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left - margin. + particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before + the first column or after the last one, as in the example + below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. \begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} @@ -5244,10 +5150,10 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash. Impressionistic &1875 &1925 \end{tabular} -Note that although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the COLS of either of the first row's '\multicolumn' -commands, no rule appears in the first row. +Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule +between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in +the first row here. That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS +part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command. 8.23.2 '\vline' --------------- @@ -5452,12 +5358,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::). Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -produces the output '... source is [1]'. +produces output like '... source is [1]'. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in *note +Using BibTeX::.) The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]'. + In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information +to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' +writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by +BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have +actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. + If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -5465,13 +5379,7 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in '\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to -just run LaTeX again. - - In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information -to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' -writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by -BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have -actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. +run LaTeX again. 8.24.3 '\nocite' ---------------- @@ -6618,7 +6526,113 @@ be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand & outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error. -12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter +12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' +===================================== + +Synopsis: + + \makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. + \makeatother + + Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an +at-sign character ''@''. The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the +at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11. The +'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to +code 12, its default value. + + As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +"catcode". For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the +catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily +backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a +command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a +single non-letter symbol). + + LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in +their name. These commands are mainly intended for package or class +writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package +or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their +own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. + + The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code +and then changes it back. Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the +preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@', +by having them surround your definition. Don't use these inside '.sty' +or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands +already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode 11. + + For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. + + In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' +that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the +preamble, before the '\begin{document}'. + + \makeatletter + \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} + \makeatother + +12.4 '\@ifstar' +=============== + +Synopsis: + + \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} + \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY} + \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY} + + Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples +are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and +'\section*' commands. + + When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment +name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As +in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above +as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For +instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the +'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments +but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In +the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They +could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no +arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using +at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' +block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). + + This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant +'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' +will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry +not blue sky". + + \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} + + In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's +'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is +equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, +\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''' + + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% + \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} + + There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work +of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct +'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by +'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has +the 'xparse' package that allows this code. + + \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {STARRED VERSION}% + {UNSTARRED VERSION}% + } + +12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter ======================================== Synopsis, one of: @@ -6659,7 +6673,7 @@ already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.'. exist. Entering '\newcounter{jh}[lh]' when 'lh' is not a defined counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.' -12.4 '\newlength' +12.6 '\newlength' ================= Synopsis: @@ -6681,20 +6695,21 @@ inserted'. If the command sequence already exists then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. -12.5 '\newsavebox' +12.7 '\newsavebox' ================== Synopsis: - \newsavebox{CMD} + \newsavebox{\CMD} - Define '\CMD' to refer to a new "bin" for storing boxes. Such a box -is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to measure or -manipulate (*note Boxes::). The required bin name 'CMD' must start with -a backslash, '\', and must not already be defined. This command is -fragile (*note \protect::). + Define \CMD, the string consisting of a backslash followed by CMD, to +refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold material that +has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate +(*note Boxes::). The bin name \CMD is required, must start with a +backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. This command +is fragile (*note \protect::). - The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. + This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. \newsavebox{\logobox} \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo} @@ -6708,7 +6723,7 @@ p.192 of the manual'. The allocation of a box is global. -12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' +12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' ============================================ Synopses, one of: @@ -6842,7 +6857,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::). \end{quotation} } -12.7 '\newtheorem' +12.9 '\newtheorem' ================== Synopses: @@ -6954,8 +6969,8 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'. Second def \end{defn} -12.8 '\newfont' -=============== +12.10 '\newfont' +================ This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old documents. New documents should define fonts in families through @@ -6967,7 +6982,7 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::). \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION} Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font. The -control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin with a +control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash, '\'. The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at @@ -6986,8 +7001,8 @@ each. \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc -12.9 '\protect' -=============== +12.11 '\protect' +================ All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands. @@ -7038,7 +7053,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} ... -12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' +12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' ============================================= Synopsis: @@ -7347,24 +7362,30 @@ month value produces no output). A "length" is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. - This shows a box of the given length. + Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not +contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a +"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as +with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length" +while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to +stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. - \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} % make a bar - \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it - XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY + The illustrations below use these two commands. + + % make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide + \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} + + % Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) + \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} -It produces a black bar 100 points long between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. +This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long +between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. This length is rigid. - Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" (what Plain TeX calls a -"dimen") such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. -The above example shows a rigid length. A "rubber length" (what Plain -TeX calls a "skip") can contain those components, as with '1cm -plus0.05cm minus0.01cm'. Here the '1cm' is the "natural length" while -the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow the length to -stretch or shrink. + XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY - Shrinking is simpler: with '1cm minus 0.05cm', the natural length is -1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as far as + As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus +0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two bars. @@ -7382,7 +7403,7 @@ allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than 309 points. Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won't refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110 points between the bars. XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% @@ -7392,10 +7413,9 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars. \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was -specified. In this situation, TeX stretches the space to the required -length, but it complains with a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness -10000) detected at line 22'. (We won't discuss badness; the point is -that the system was not given as much stretch as needed.) +specified. TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives +you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line +22'. (We won't discuss badness.) You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'. @@ -7403,14 +7423,15 @@ plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'. If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the stretch or shrink in proportion. - XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}% left + XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% + \blackbar{100pt}% left \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right -The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another 100. -In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two '\hspace''s must -stretch 20 points. Because the two say 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX -gets 5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another +100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch +20 points. Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets +5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a "fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'. This gives the length infinite @@ -7423,10 +7444,10 @@ distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page. \hspace{0pt plus 1fill} \end{minipage} - TeX actually has three infinite glue components 'fil', 'fill', and -'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones. -Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and -*note \vfill::). + TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', +'fill', and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier +ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note +\hfill:: and *note \vfill::). Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and @@ -7439,8 +7460,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. 'pt' - Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal - places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. + Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two + decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. 'pc' Pica, 12 pt @@ -7502,8 +7523,13 @@ while the second will not. \setlength{\parindent}{0em} He said stop going to those places. - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. + If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you +mistype the above as +'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you +get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'. +If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get +an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> +\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}' 14.3 '\addtolength' =================== @@ -7519,18 +7545,20 @@ understands (*note Units of length::). Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt' - \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? + \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Nurse: no change. then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph. - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave off the -backslash at the start of LEN, as in '\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', -then you get something like 'You can't use `the letter p' after -\advance'. + If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for +example you mistype the above as +'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something +like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave +off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in +'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't +use `the letter p' after \advance'. 14.4 '\settodepth' ================== @@ -7549,11 +7577,12 @@ the TEXT argument. The length name LEN must begin with a backslash, \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetdepth - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype +the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'. +If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. 14.5 '\settoheight' =================== @@ -7572,11 +7601,12 @@ backslash, '\'. \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetheight - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for +example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you +get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. 14.6 '\settowidth' ================== @@ -7595,18 +7625,19 @@ backslash, '\'. \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetwidth - If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined -control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth'. If you leave the -backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you -get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\setbox'. + If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype +the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'. +If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing +number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. 15 Making paragraphs ******************** -Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into lines, -in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (*note Line -breaking::). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. @@ -7622,6 +7653,10 @@ breaking::). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, '%'. + Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(*note Line breaking::). + There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the '\end{equation}' @@ -7644,8 +7679,8 @@ complete'. 15.1 '\par' =========== -Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two -consecutive newlines to a '\par'): +Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive +newlines to a '\par'): \par @@ -7659,22 +7694,24 @@ readability. \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{% \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} - The '\par' command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but it -terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode (*note + In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it +terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note Modes::). - You cannot use the '\par' command in math mode or in the argument of -many commands, such as the '\section' command (*note Making paragraphs:: -and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). + You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command +(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). - The '\par' command differs from the '\paragraph' command in that the + The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command. The latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by -the standard LaTeX documents. +the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph & +\subparagraph::). - The '\par' command differs from '\newline' and the line break double -backslash, '\\', in that \par ends the paragraph not just the line. It -also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph vertical space -'\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::). + The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break +double backslash, '\\'. The difference is that '\par' ends the +paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the +between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent & +\parskip::). The output from this example @@ -7792,7 +7829,7 @@ paragraph. Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'. When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for -a note in the the right margin. +a note in the right margin. Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'. @@ -9261,6 +9298,117 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both text and math mode. +16.6.1 '\smash' +--------------- + +Synopsis: + + \smash{SUBFORMULA} + + Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero. + + In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash' +command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the +uneven line spacing might be unsightly. + + To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$, + evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$. + + (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) + + This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the +box that LaTeX will put on the line. The '\blackbar' command makes a +bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above. + + \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}} + \fbox{\blackbar} + \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}} + + The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and 10 points deep. +But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero +depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above +and below the line. + + The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size +of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. + + \begin{equation} + \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)} + \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)} + \end{equation} + + Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument +with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom & +\hphantom::). + + While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear +in other contexts. However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode. So +if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as +in the bottom line below. + + xxx xxx xxx + + \smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent + + \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent + + The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control +over smashing a subformula box. + +16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' +--------------------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \phantom{SUBFORMULA} + + or + + \vphantom{SUBFORMULA} + + or + + \hphantom{SUBFORMULA} + + The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and +width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to +typeset the box but not its ink. The '\vphantom' variant also produces +an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it +has width zero. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as +SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero. + + Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. + + \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) + + The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box +of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align. + + These commands often are combined with '\smash'. *Note \smash:: for +another example of the use of '\vphantom'. + + The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as +'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note +\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::). In addition, +the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained +control over spacing. + + All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname' +command from the package 'amsmath'. + + While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with '\leavevmode'. + 16.7 Math miscellany ==================== @@ -9420,11 +9568,11 @@ mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. - Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or -or a 'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not -put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", -LaTeX is in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it -can put page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::). + Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or a +'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a +page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is +in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it can put +page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::). 17.1 '\ensuremath' ================== @@ -9517,21 +9665,21 @@ either in the preamble or in the document body. '\thanks{TEXT}' Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author - information for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can + information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It - can be any text so you can use it to print an email address, or for - any purpose. + can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as + to print an email address. '\title{TEXT}' Required. Declare TEXT to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit the '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'. - Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of 'article' in -that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see *note titlepage::. You can either + To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::. You can either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed -'\maketitle' command. +'\maketitle' command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in +place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house +requirements.) 18.2 '\pagenumbering' ===================== @@ -9558,7 +9706,7 @@ numbered '1', etc. \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). 'arabic' - arabic numerals: 1, 2, ... + Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ... 'roman' lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ... @@ -9688,7 +9836,7 @@ or environments. Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::). +chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::). \documentclass{book} \pagestyle{headings} @@ -9989,32 +10137,32 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. - A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, LaTeX -produces white space. That's different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. + When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. \begin{tabular}{l} + One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} -On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with '\hspace'; -*Note \hspace::.) - - The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often -used after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is nice', has the advantage of still working -if the next character is a period.) - - The second common use is that it mark a period as ending an -abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says Prof.\ Smith' -(*note \@::). +On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon. On the second +line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you +end with the same space after the colon as in the first line. LaTeX +would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a +newline and a blank. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note +\hspace::.) + + The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used +after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that +follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But using curly parentheses, as in +'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says +Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::). Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to backslash-space, '\ '. @@ -10312,7 +10460,7 @@ line. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}% -The final two lists use 'fbox' to show what's happening. The third +The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The third list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline @@ -10490,7 +10638,7 @@ Synopsis, one of: \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT} \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is is typeset in LR + Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is typeset in LR mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox' command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -10857,9 +11005,9 @@ starts with a backslash.) This command is robust (*note \protect::). You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. - Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands -below will only work if your document preamble contains -'\usepackage{color}', that brings in the standard package. + Color support comes as an additional package. So put +'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands +described here. Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and @@ -11385,9 +11533,9 @@ COMMAND left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}' specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be - treated as an 'eps' file, with the the BoundingBox information - stored in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command - 'gunzip -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file. + treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored + in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip + -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file. Such a command is specific to your platform. In addition, your TeX system must allow you to run external commands; as a security @@ -11719,11 +11867,11 @@ the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'. For more on these, 22.3.2 '\rotatebox' ------------------- -Synopsis for 'graphics' package: +Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package: \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} - Synopses for 'graphicx' package: + Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package: \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL} @@ -11753,7 +11901,7 @@ new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this material. If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then then +reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the 'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::). @@ -11764,13 +11912,14 @@ you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top, and 'B' for baseline. Thus, the first line here - \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon} - \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau} + \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon} + \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau} will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives - the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc'.) The default is 'lB'. + the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.) The + default is 'lB'. 'x, y' Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX @@ -12936,10 +13085,9 @@ the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it. The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file 'ROOT-NAME.idx' file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where where PAGE-NUM is the -value of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' -command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh -slate. +'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value +of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' command +is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a message like this. @@ -13011,9 +13159,9 @@ then it is a comment. 'lethead_flag' An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip' - nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive - then at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will - be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is + nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then + at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be + inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. @@ -13098,9 +13246,8 @@ then it is a comment. There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex' does. One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other -languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in -terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +languages. It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms +of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation. 25.2.3 '\printindex' -------------------- @@ -13716,17 +13863,17 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and the name of the input file will be the job name. This is used to - name the log file the output file. This option overrides that - process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line + name the log file the output file. The 'jobname' option overrides + that process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line input:: for an example of its use. '-output-directory=DIRECTORY' Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist. -'shell-escape' -'no-shell-escape' -'enable-write18' -'disable-write18' +'--shell-escape' +'--no-shell-escape' +'--enable-write18' +'--disable-write18' Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'. The first two options are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for MiKTeX. @@ -13776,9 +13923,9 @@ PDF. \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % in body ... -Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex test' +Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book' will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with 'pdflatex -"\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the +"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -13797,7 +13944,7 @@ called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage' does an '\input' of its own.) @@ -13835,8 +13982,8 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: -The simplest thing is to enter '<Contol>' and 'd' (holding them down at -the same time), and just fix the command line. +The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at +the same time), and then retype the correct command line. Appendix A Document templates ***************************** @@ -14060,2561 +14207,2585 @@ Index * Menu: -* &: tabular. (line 5037) +* &: tabular. (line 4940) * * prompt: Recovering from errors. - (line 13911) + (line 14060) * *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6754) -* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2077) + (line 6771) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1981) * *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6509) + (line 6413) * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13813) + (line 13962) * --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13813) + (line 13962) * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13840) + (line 13989) * --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13837) + (line 13986) * --help command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13778) + (line 13927) * --interaction command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13781) + (line 13930) * --jobname command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13798) + (line 13947) * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13840) + (line 13989) * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13813) + (line 13962) * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13810) + (line 13959) * --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13813) + (line 13962) * --version command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13773) -* .aux file: Output files. (line 449) -* .dvi file: Output files. (line 426) -* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 13245) -* .idx file: Indexes. (line 12884) -* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 13036) -* .ind file: makeindex. (line 13036) -* .isty file: makeindex. (line 13048) -* .lof file: Output files. (line 459) + (line 13922) +* .aux file: Output files. (line 458) +* .dvi file: Output files. (line 435) +* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 13394) +* .idx file: Indexes. (line 13035) +* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 13186) +* .ind file: makeindex. (line 13186) +* .isty file: makeindex. (line 13198) +* .lof file: Output files. (line 468) * .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) -* .log file: Output files. (line 444) -* .lot file: Output files. (line 459) + (line 12801) +* .log file: Output files. (line 453) +* .lot file: Output files. (line 468) * .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) -* .pdf file: Output files. (line 436) -* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 13735) -* .toc file: Output files. (line 459) + (line 12801) +* .pdf file: Output files. (line 445) +* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 13884) +* .toc file: Output files. (line 468) * .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) -* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 501) + (line 12801) +* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 510) * 10pt option: Document class options. - (line 771) + (line 672) * 11pt option: Document class options. - (line 771) + (line 672) * 12pt option: Document class options. - (line 771) + (line 672) * :: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9335) + (line 9486) * : <1>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9335) + (line 9486) * [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 520) + (line 529) * \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 520) + (line 529) * \!: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9312) -* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12227) + (line 9351) +* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12378) * \#: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) + (line 12090) * \$: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) + (line 12090) * \%: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) + (line 12090) * \&: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) -* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 12231) -* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4883) -* \*: \*. (line 9355) -* \+: tabbing. (line 4875) + (line 12090) +* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 12382) +* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4786) +* \*: \*. (line 9506) +* \+: tabbing. (line 4778) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9298) -* \-: tabbing. (line 4879) -* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 5904) -* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 12234) -* \/: \/. (line 10174) + (line 9337) +* \-: tabbing. (line 4782) +* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 5808) +* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 12385) +* \/: \/. (line 10324) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9294) + (line 9333) * \;: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9289) -* \<: tabbing. (line 4871) -* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 12238) -* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4865) -* \>: tabbing. (line 4869) + (line 9328) +* \<: tabbing. (line 4774) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 12389) +* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4768) +* \>: tabbing. (line 4772) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9294) -* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4868) -* \@: \@. (line 9977) -* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 3964) -* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 3972) -* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6260) -* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 642) -* \@itempenalty: list. (line 3968) -* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 2548) -* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4898) -* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4899) -* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4899) + (line 9333) +* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4771) +* \@: \@. (line 10127) +* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 3868) +* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 3876) +* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6164) +* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 6598) +* \@itempenalty: list. (line 3872) +* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 2452) +* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4801) +* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) +* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) * \aa (aa): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12304) + (line 12455) * \AA (AA): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12304) -* \acute: Math accents. (line 9182) -* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12744) -* \address: \address. (line 13424) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 12819) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 7299) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 7535) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 10499) + (line 12455) +* \acute: Math accents. (line 9221) +* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12895) +* \address: \address. (line 13573) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 12970) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 7316) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 7563) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 10649) * \ae (ae): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12308) + (line 12459) * \AE (AE): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12308) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 8016) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3323) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 8019) + (line 12459) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 8055) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3227) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 8058) * \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7174) + (line 7191) * \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7179) -* \alsoname: \index. (line 12970) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 8022) -* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 9567) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 8025) -* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2487) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 8030) + (line 7196) +* \alsoname: \index. (line 13121) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 8061) +* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 9718) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 8064) +* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2391) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 8069) * \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7184) -* \arccos: Math functions. (line 9065) -* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 9068) -* \arctan: Math functions. (line 9071) -* \arg: Math functions. (line 9074) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3006) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5163) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5169) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 8033) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 8042) -* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3236) + (line 7201) +* \arccos: Math functions. (line 9104) +* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 9107) +* \arctan: Math functions. (line 9110) +* \arg: Math functions. (line 9113) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 2910) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5065) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5071) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 8072) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 8081) +* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3140) * \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. - (line 948) -* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3252) + (line 852) +* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3156) * \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands. - (line 953) + (line 857) * \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 953) -* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 9566) -* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4899) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 12253) + (line 857) +* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 9717) +* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 12404) * \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 8045) -* \bar: Math accents. (line 9185) + (line 2424) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 8084) +* \bar: Math accents. (line 9224) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 1566) + (line 1470) * \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 1576) -* \begin: Environments. (line 2898) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 8049) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 1364) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1329) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5390) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 5512) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 5512) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 8052) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 8056) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 8060) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 8064) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 8067) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 8070) + (line 1480) +* \begin: Environments. (line 2802) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 8088) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 1268) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1233) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5292) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 8091) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 8095) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 8099) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 8103) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 8106) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 8109) * \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10280) + (line 10430) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10281) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 8081) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 8073) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 8077) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 8084) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 8088) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 8091) -* \bmod: Math functions. (line 9077) + (line 10431) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 8120) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 8112) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 8116) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 8123) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 8127) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 8130) +* \bmod: Math functions. (line 9116) * \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8967) + (line 9006) * \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8975) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 8094) -* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 1990) -* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1991) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 8099) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 8102) -* \breve: Math accents. (line 9188) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 8107) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 12263) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 1367) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 8110) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 12231) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 12289) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 12293) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 12263) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 12242) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 12227) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 12267) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 12246) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 12271) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 12238) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 12285) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 12275) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 12279) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 12285) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 12250) -* \caption: figure. (line 3449) -* \caption <1>: table. (line 4989) -* \cc: \cc. (line 13450) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 8115) -* \cdots: Dots. (line 9018) -* \centering: \centering. (line 3088) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2185) -* \check: Math accents. (line 9191) + (line 9014) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 8133) +* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 1894) +* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1895) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 8138) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 8141) +* \breve: Math accents. (line 9227) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 8146) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 12414) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 1271) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 8149) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 12382) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 12440) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 12444) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 12414) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 12393) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 12378) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 12418) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 12397) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 12422) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 12389) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 12436) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 12426) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 12430) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 12436) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 12401) +* \caption: figure. (line 3353) +* \caption <1>: table. (line 4892) +* \cc: \cc. (line 13599) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 8154) +* \cdots: Dots. (line 9057) +* \centering: \centering. (line 2992) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2089) +* \check: Math accents. (line 9230) * \CheckCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 960) + (line 864) * \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 960) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 8118) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 8121) -* \circle: \circle. (line 4536) -* \cite: \cite. (line 5449) + (line 864) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 8157) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 8160) +* \circle: \circle. (line 4439) +* \cite: \cite. (line 5351) * \ClassError: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \ClassInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \ClassWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6083) + (line 5987) * \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6083) -* \cline: \cline. (line 5297) -* \closing: \closing. (line 13466) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 8126) + (line 5987) +* \cline: \cline. (line 5199) +* \closing: \closing. (line 13615) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 8165) * \colon: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9335) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 1644) + (line 9486) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 1548) * \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) + (line 1673) * \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1772) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 1650) + (line 1676) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 1554) * \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1770) + (line 1674) * \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1772) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1657) + (line 1676) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1561) * \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1771) + (line 1675) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1772) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 8129) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 8135) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12748) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 8138) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 12026) -* \cos: Math functions. (line 9080) -* \cosh: Math functions. (line 9083) -* \cot: Math functions. (line 9086) -* \coth: Math functions. (line 9089) -* \csc: Math functions. (line 9092) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 8141) + (line 1676) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 8168) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 8174) +* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12899) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 8177) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 12177) +* \cos: Math functions. (line 9119) +* \cosh: Math functions. (line 9122) +* \cot: Math functions. (line 9125) +* \coth: Math functions. (line 9128) +* \csc: Math functions. (line 9131) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 8180) * \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. - (line 999) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 12267) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 12030) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 8146) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 4742) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 8149) -* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9574) + (line 903) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 12418) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 12181) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 8185) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 4645) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 8188) +* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9725) * \day: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7349) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1690) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1696) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1703) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1669) -* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1708) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 12033) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 8153) -* \ddot: Math accents. (line 9194) -* \ddots: Dots. (line 9022) + (line 7366) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1594) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1600) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1607) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1573) +* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1612) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 12184) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 8192) +* \ddot: Math accents. (line 9233) +* \ddots: Dots. (line 9061) * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. - (line 11358) + (line 11508) * \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule. - (line 11398) + (line 11548) * \DeclareOption: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) + (line 909) * \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) + (line 909) * \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 1035) + (line 939) * \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 1035) -* \deg: Math functions. (line 9095) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 8156) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 8159) -* \det: Math functions. (line 9098) + (line 939) +* \deg: Math functions. (line 9134) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 8195) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 8198) +* \det: Math functions. (line 9137) * \dh (d): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12312) + (line 12463) * \DH (D): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12312) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 8162) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 8166) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 8170) -* \dim: Math functions. (line 9101) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 7902) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 8173) + (line 12463) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 8201) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 8205) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 8209) +* \dim: Math functions. (line 9140) +* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 7941) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 8212) * \dj: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12318) + (line 12469) * \DJ: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12318) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 729) -* \dot: Math accents. (line 9197) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 8176) + (line 12469) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 630) +* \dot: Math accents. (line 9236) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 8215) * \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 10209) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 12050) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5174) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8180) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8184) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 8188) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 1349) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 8191) -* \encl: \encl. (line 13479) -* \end: Environments. (line 2898) -* \endinput: \endinput. (line 12464) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6157) + (line 10359) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 12201) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5076) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8219) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8223) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 8227) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 1253) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 8230) +* \encl: \encl. (line 13628) +* \end: Environments. (line 2802) +* \endinput: \endinput. (line 12615) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6061) * \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9782) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3309) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3309) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3309) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3309) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 8195) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 8201) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 8204) + (line 9932) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3213) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3213) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3213) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3213) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 8234) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 8240) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 8243) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 841) + (line 742) * \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1830) + (line 1734) * \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1831) + (line 1735) * \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1111) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 8207) -* \exp: Math functions. (line 9104) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5114) -* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10644) + (line 1015) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 8246) +* \exp: Math functions. (line 9143) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5016) +* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). - (line 4719) -* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677) -* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10676) + (line 4622) +* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) +* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10826) * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). - (line 4719) -* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10682) -* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10681) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 9869) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 8210) -* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 1994) -* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 1995) -* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2010) -* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2011) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1737) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6260) + (line 4622) +* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832) +* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10831) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 10019) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 8249) +* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 1898) +* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 1899) +* \floatsep: Floats. (line 1914) +* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1915) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1641) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6164) * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7197) + (line 7214) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. - (line 1476) + (line 1380) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. - (line 1486) + (line 1390) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 1513) + (line 1417) * \fontshape: Low-level font commands. - (line 1553) + (line 1457) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 1566) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6242) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6308) -* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6270) -* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6282) -* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6364) + (line 1470) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6146) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6212) +* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6174) +* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6186) +* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6268) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1789) + (line 1693) * \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1790) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 8213) -* \frac: \frac. (line 9371) -* \frame: \frame. (line 4730) + (line 1694) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 8252) +* \frac: \frac. (line 9522) +* \frame: \frame. (line 4633) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). - (line 4694) -* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10644) -* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10023) + (line 4597) +* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794) +* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) * \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 8216) -* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5962) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 8219) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 8222) -* \gcd: Math functions. (line 9107) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 8225) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 8229) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 8233) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 8236) -* \gls: \gls. (line 13315) -* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 11296) -* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 4440) -* \grave: Math accents. (line 9200) -* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 12042) -* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 12043) -* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 12044) -* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 12045) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12271) -* \hat: Math accents. (line 9203) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 8240) + (line 2424) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 8255) +* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 8258) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 8261) +* \gcd: Math functions. (line 9146) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 8264) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 8268) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 8272) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 8275) +* \gls: \gls. (line 13464) +* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 11446) +* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 4343) +* \grave: Math accents. (line 9239) +* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 12193) +* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 12194) +* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 12195) +* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 12196) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12422) +* \hat: Math accents. (line 9242) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 8279) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1777) + (line 1681) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1778) + (line 1682) * \headsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1782) + (line 1686) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1783) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 8243) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 9857) -* \hline: \hline. (line 5320) -* \hom: Math functions. (line 9110) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8246) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8249) + (line 1687) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 8282) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 10007) +* \hline: \hline. (line 5222) +* \hom: Math functions. (line 9149) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8285) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8288) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 10209) + (line 10359) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. - (line 1882) + (line 1786) * \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1882) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 9810) -* \hss: \hss. (line 9890) -* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6003) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 12221) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 8252) + (line 1786) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 9960) +* \hss: \hss. (line 10040) +* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 5907) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 12372) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 8291) * \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 1067) + (line 971) * \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7063) + (line 7080) * \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7063) + (line 7080) * \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12324) + (line 12475) * \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12324) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 8256) -* \imath: Math symbols. (line 8259) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 8263) + (line 12475) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 8295) +* \imath: Math symbols. (line 8298) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 8302) * \include: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12495) -* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 11477) + (line 12646) +* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) * \includeonly: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12495) + (line 12646) * \indent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7722) -* \index: Indexes. (line 12884) -* \index <1>: \index. (line 12920) -* \indexentry: \index. (line 13020) -* \indexspace: makeindex. (line 13088) -* \inf: Math functions. (line 9113) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 8268) -* \input: \input. (line 12612) + (line 7761) +* \index: Indexes. (line 13035) +* \index <1>: \index. (line 13071) +* \indexentry: \index. (line 13171) +* \indexspace: makeindex. (line 13238) +* \inf: Math functions. (line 9152) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 8307) +* \input: \input. (line 12763) * \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 1067) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 8271) -* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2014) -* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2015) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 8274) -* \it: Font styles. (line 1370) -* \item: description. (line 3155) -* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3291) -* \item <2>: itemize. (line 3624) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 3646) -* \itemindent: list. (line 3789) -* \itemsep: list. (line 3793) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1323) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 12221) -* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 8281) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 8277) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 12275) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 8285) -* \ker: Math functions. (line 9116) -* \kill: tabbing. (line 4903) + (line 971) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 8310) +* \intextsep: Floats. (line 1918) +* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 1919) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 8313) +* \it: Font styles. (line 1274) +* \item: description. (line 3059) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3195) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 3528) +* \item <3>: itemize. (line 3550) +* \itemindent: list. (line 3693) +* \itemsep: list. (line 3697) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1227) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 12372) +* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 8320) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 8316) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 12426) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 8324) +* \ker: Math functions. (line 9155) +* \kill: tabbing. (line 4806) * \l (/l): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12328) + (line 12479) * \L (/L): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12328) -* \label: \label. (line 2787) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3318) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3318) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3318) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3318) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 3653) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 3653) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 3653) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 3653) -* \labelsep: list. (line 3805) -* \labelwidth: list. (line 3810) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 8288) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 8291) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 8294) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 8299) -* \large: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12036) -* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 12039) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 8304) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 8308) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 8312) -* \ldots: Dots. (line 9026) -* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 12049) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 8316) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 8320) -* \left: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8327) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8332) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3375) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8336) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8339) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 3830) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 3672) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 3672) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8342) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8347) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 8352) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 8356) -* \lg: Math functions. (line 9119) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 8359) -* \lim: Math functions. (line 9122) -* \liminf: Math functions. (line 9125) -* \limsup: Math functions. (line 9128) -* \line: \line. (line 4464) + (line 12479) +* \label: \label. (line 2691) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3222) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3222) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3222) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3222) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 3557) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 3557) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 3557) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 3557) +* \labelsep: list. (line 3709) +* \labelwidth: list. (line 3714) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 8327) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 8330) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 8333) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 8338) +* \large: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12187) +* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 12190) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 8343) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 8347) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 8351) +* \ldots: Dots. (line 9065) +* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 12200) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 8355) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 8359) +* \left: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8366) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8371) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3279) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8375) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8378) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 3734) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 3576) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 3576) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8381) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8386) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 8391) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 8395) +* \lg: Math functions. (line 9158) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 8398) +* \lim: Math functions. (line 9161) +* \liminf: Math functions. (line 9164) +* \limsup: Math functions. (line 9167) +* \line: \line. (line 4367) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6021) + (line 5925) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 1590) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 4508) + (line 1494) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 4411) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1796) + (line 1700) * \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1797) + (line 1701) * \listoffigures: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) + (line 12801) * \listoftables: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) -* \listparindent: list. (line 3847) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 8367) -* \ln: Math functions. (line 9131) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 8371) + (line 12801) +* \listparindent: list. (line 3751) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 8406) +* \ln: Math functions. (line 9170) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 8410) * \LoadClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1087) + (line 991) * \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1087) -* \location: \location. (line 13494) -* \log: Math functions. (line 9134) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8374) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8379) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 8383) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8388) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 8393) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 12055) + (line 991) +* \location: \location. (line 13643) +* \log: Math functions. (line 9173) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8413) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8418) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 8422) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8427) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 8432) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 12206) * \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) -* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10555) + (line 2424) +* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) * \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). - (line 4656) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 13208) -* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 13245) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 12884) -* \makelabel: list. (line 3766) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 13504) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 9530) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 8396) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7798) + (line 4559) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 13357) +* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 13394) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 13035) +* \makelabel: list. (line 3670) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 13653) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 9681) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 8435) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7837) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. - (line 1803) + (line 1707) * \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1806) -* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7827) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 7831) + (line 1710) +* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7866) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 7870) * \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1805) + (line 1709) * \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1806) -* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7835) + (line 1710) +* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7874) * \marginsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1804) + (line 1708) * \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1806) -* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 9729) -* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 9738) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1400) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1416) -* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 8905) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1413) -* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 8908) -* \mathring: Math accents. (line 9206) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1397) -* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 8911) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1403) -* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 8914) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1406) -* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 8917) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1418) -* \max: Math functions. (line 9137) -* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10555) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1326) + (line 1710) +* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 9879) +* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 9888) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1304) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1320) +* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 8944) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1317) +* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 8947) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 9245) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1301) +* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1307) +* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 8953) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1310) +* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 8956) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1322) +* \max: Math functions. (line 9176) +* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1230) * \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10285) + (line 10435) * \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10286) + (line 10436) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9294) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 8400) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 8405) -* \min: Math functions. (line 9140) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 8415) + (line 9333) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 8439) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 8444) +* \min: Math functions. (line 9179) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 8454) * \month: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7349) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 8420) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 8423) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5189) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4392) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 8426) -* \name: \name. (line 13561) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 8429) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 8432) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 8435) + (line 7366) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 8459) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 8462) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5091) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4295) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 8465) +* \name: \name. (line 13710) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 8468) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 8471) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 8474) * \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. - (line 1121) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 8438) + (line 1025) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 8477) * \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9312) + (line 9351) * \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 8442) + (line 10300) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 8481) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6490) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6643) + (line 6394) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6659) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6733) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6979) -* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 13256) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6684) -* \newline: \newline. (line 5880) -* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE). (line 10053) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6124) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6706) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6867) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 12285) + (line 6750) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6996) +* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 13405) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6700) +* \newline: \newline. (line 5784) +* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE). (line 10203) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6028) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6722) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6884) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 12436) * \ng: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12332) + (line 12483) * \NG: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12332) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 8445) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5497) -* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1311) -* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1311) -* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 12859) + (line 12483) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 8484) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5401) +* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1215) +* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1215) +* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 13010) * \noindent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7722) + (line 7761) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6021) -* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10023) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3370) + (line 5925) +* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3274) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6182) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1347) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7814) -* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 10043) -* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 8450) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 8458) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 8462) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 8465) + (line 6086) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1251) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7853) +* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 10193) +* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 8489) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 8497) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 8501) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 8504) * \o (/o): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12336) + (line 12487) * \O (/O): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12336) + (line 12487) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5840) + (line 5744) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 841) + (line 742) * \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1829) + (line 1733) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1831) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 8468) + (line 1735) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 8507) * \oe (oe): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12340) + (line 12491) * \OE (OE): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12340) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 8473) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1422) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 8477) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 8480) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 8483) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 1618) -* \opening: \opening. (line 13571) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 8486) + (line 12491) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 8512) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1326) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 8516) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 8519) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 8522) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 1522) +* \opening: \opening. (line 13720) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 8525) * \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. - (line 1139) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 8490) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 8493) -* \oval: \oval. (line 4555) + (line 1043) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 8529) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 8532) +* \oval: \oval. (line 4458) * \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9261) + (line 9300) * \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9242) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 8498) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 12058) + (line 9281) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 8537) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 12209) * \PackageError: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \PackageWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 980) + (line 884) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6182) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 9602) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 2845) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 9660) + (line 6086) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 9752) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 2749) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 9810) * \paperheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1842) + (line 1746) * \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1843) + (line 1747) * \paperwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1848) + (line 1752) * \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1849) -* \par: \par. (line 7671) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2052) + (line 1753) +* \par: \par. (line 7708) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) * \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 8503) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 10711) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 4186) + (line 2324) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 8542) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 10861) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 4089) * \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7722) + (line 7761) * \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7771) -* \parsep: list. (line 3853) + (line 7810) +* \parsep: list. (line 3757) * \parskip: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7771) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 3691) -* \part: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* \part <1>: \part. (line 2131) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 8506) -* \partopsep: list. (line 3862) + (line 7810) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 3595) +* \part: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* \part <1>: \part. (line 2035) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 8545) +* \partopsep: list. (line 3766) * \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1145) + (line 1049) * \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1145) + (line 1049) * \pdfpageheight: Document class options. - (line 797) + (line 698) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. - (line 797) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 8509) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 8514) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 8518) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 8521) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 8525) -* \pmod: Math functions. (line 9143) -* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 4909) -* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 4910) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 12062) -* \Pr: Math functions. (line 9146) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 8528) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 8531) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 8536) -* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 13208) -* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 13245) -* \printindex: \printindex. (line 13193) -* \printindex <1>: \printindex. (line 13197) + (line 698) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 8548) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 8553) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 8557) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 8560) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 8564) +* \pmod: Math functions. (line 9182) +* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 4812) +* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 4813) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 12213) +* \Pr: Math functions. (line 9185) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 8567) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 8570) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 8575) +* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 13357) +* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 13394) +* \printindex: \printindex. (line 13342) +* \printindex <1>: \printindex. (line 13346) * \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1182) + (line 1086) * \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. - (line 1182) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 8545) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 8548) -* \protect: \protect. (line 7011) -* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6615) + (line 1086) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 8584) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 8587) +* \protect: \protect. (line 7028) +* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6519) * \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1220) + (line 1124) * \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands. - (line 1253) + (line 1157) * \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1220) -* \ps: \ps. (line 13583) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 8551) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 8554) -* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 4912) -* \put: \put. (line 4374) -* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 4415) + (line 1124) +* \ps: \ps. (line 13732) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 8590) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 8593) +* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 4815) +* \put: \put. (line 4277) +* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 4318) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9323) + (line 9362) * \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9782) + (line 9932) * \quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9317) + (line 9356) * \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9782) -* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 12066) -* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 12067) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 12279) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1758) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 3599) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 3548) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 10763) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 8557) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 8562) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 8566) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 8570) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 8573) -* \ref: \ref. (line 2869) -* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 7315) + (line 9932) +* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 12217) +* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 12218) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 12430) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1662) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 3503) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 3452) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 10913) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 8596) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 8601) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 8605) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 8609) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 8612) +* \ref: \ref. (line 2773) +* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 7332) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6733) + (line 6750) * \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1262) + (line 1166) * \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1262) -* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 11897) + (line 1166) +* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 12048) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5840) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 8578) -* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 8583) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7814) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 8588) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 8592) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 8599) -* \right: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8603) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8608) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8612) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8615) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 8618) -* \rightmargin: list. (line 3877) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 1373) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1320) + (line 5744) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 8617) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 8622) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7853) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 8627) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 8631) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 8638) +* \right: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8642) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8647) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8651) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8654) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 8657) +* \rightmargin: list. (line 3781) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 1277) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1224) * \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7187) + (line 7204) * \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7192) -* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 11799) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 12070) -* \rule: \rule. (line 12355) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 12073) -* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10809) -* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10809) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 1376) -* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1341) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 8621) -* \sec: Math functions. (line 9149) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* \section <1>: \section. (line 2278) -* \seename: \index. (line 12970) + (line 7209) +* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 11949) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 12221) +* \rule: \rule. (line 12506) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 12224) +* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) +* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 1280) +* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1245) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 8660) +* \sec: Math functions. (line 9188) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* \section <1>: \section. (line 2182) +* \seename: \index. (line 13121) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 1596) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 7281) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 7512) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 8624) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 7562) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 7585) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 7608) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 1379) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1338) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 8630) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 4591) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 8633) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 8636) -* \signature: \signature. (line 13600) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 8640) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 8643) -* \sin: Math functions. (line 9152) -* \sinh: Math functions. (line 9155) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 1382) -* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5962) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1335) -* \small: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 8646) + (line 1500) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 7298) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 7535) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 8663) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 7592) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 7616) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 7640) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 1283) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1242) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 8669) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 4494) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 8672) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 8675) +* \signature: \signature. (line 13749) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 8679) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 8682) +* \sin: Math functions. (line 9191) +* \sinh: Math functions. (line 9194) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 1286) +* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1239) +* \small: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 8685) * \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10290) + (line 10440) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10291) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 8650) -* \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 10053) -* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 9916) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 8653) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 8656) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 8660) -* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 9418) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 8664) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 8669) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 8674) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 8679) + (line 10441) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 8689) +* \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 10203) +* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10066) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 8692) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 8695) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 8699) +* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 9569) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 8703) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 8708) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 8713) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 8718) * \ss (ss): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12344) + (line 12495) * \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12344) -* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 9434) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 8684) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 7333) + (line 12495) +* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 9585) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 8723) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 7350) * \stop: Recovering from errors. - (line 13911) -* \strut: \strut. (line 10334) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2052) + (line 14060) +* \strut: \strut. (line 10484) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) * \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2356) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 8692) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 8695) + (line 2324) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2260) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 8731) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 8734) * \subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 8698) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 8702) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 8707) -* \sup: Math functions. (line 9158) -* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 1983) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 8711) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 8714) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 8717) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 8722) + (line 2324) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 8737) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 8741) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 8746) +* \sup: Math functions. (line 9197) +* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 1887) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 8750) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 8753) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 8756) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 8761) * \symbol: Symbols by font position. - (line 12009) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 12285) -* \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 10053) -* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 4917) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5178) + (line 12160) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 12436) +* \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 10203) +* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 4820) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5080) * \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) -* \tan: Math functions. (line 9161) -* \tanh: Math functions. (line 9164) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 8725) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 13630) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 12077) -* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12115) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 12080) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 12083) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 12086) + (line 12801) +* \tan: Math functions. (line 9200) +* \tanh: Math functions. (line 9203) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 8764) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 13779) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 12228) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12266) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 12231) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 12234) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 12237) * \textbackslash: Reserved characters. - (line 11946) -* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 12089) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 12092) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 12095) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1329) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 12098) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 12101) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 12104) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 12107) -* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12114) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 12110) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12113) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 12027) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 12122) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 12125) -* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 12128) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12051) -* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 12131) -* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 12136) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 12139) -* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 12145) -* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2019) -* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2020) -* \textfraction: Floats. (line 1998) -* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1999) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 12148) + (line 12097) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 12240) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 12243) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 12246) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1233) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 12249) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 12252) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 12255) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 12258) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12265) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 12261) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12264) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 12178) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 12273) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 12276) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 12279) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12202) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 12282) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 12287) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 12290) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 12296) +* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 1923) +* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1924) +* \textfraction: Floats. (line 1902) +* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1903) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 12299) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1854) + (line 1758) * \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1855) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 1323) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 12154) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 12151) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1326) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1347) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 12157) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 12158) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 12059) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 12161) -* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 12164) -* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 12167) -* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 12170) -* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 12173) -* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 12176) -* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 12179) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 12182) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 12183) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 12186) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 12189) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1320) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1341) -* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 12074) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1338) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1335) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 12063) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 12192) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 12195) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1344) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 12198) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 12201) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 1332) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 12204) + (line 1759) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 1227) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 12305) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 12302) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1230) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1251) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 12308) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 12309) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 12210) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 12312) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 12315) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 12318) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 12321) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 12324) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 12327) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 12330) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 12333) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 12334) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 12337) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 12340) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1224) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1245) +* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 12225) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1242) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1239) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 12214) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 12343) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 12346) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1248) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 12349) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 12352) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 1236) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 12355) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1862) + (line 1766) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1863) + (line 1767) * \th (th): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12348) + (line 12499) * \TH (TH): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12348) -* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9580) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 8728) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 4528) + (line 12499) +* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9731) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 8767) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 4431) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9289) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 4520) + (line 9328) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 4423) * \thinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9298) + (line 9337) * \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 9744) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 9209) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 8732) -* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1441) -* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9587) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 8736) -* \today: \today. (line 12390) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 8740) -* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2003) -* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2004) + (line 10300) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 9894) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 9248) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 8771) +* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1345) +* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9738) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 8775) +* \today: \today. (line 12541) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 8779) +* \topfraction: Floats. (line 1907) +* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1908) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1887) -* \topsep: list. (line 3882) + (line 1791) +* \topsep: list. (line 3786) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1894) + (line 1798) * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1895) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 8745) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 8748) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 8754) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 1385) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1344) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 1630) -* \typein: \typein. (line 13645) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 13690) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 12289) + (line 1799) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 8784) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 8787) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 8793) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 1289) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1248) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 1534) +* \typein: \typein. (line 13794) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 13839) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 12440) * \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8967) + (line 9006) * \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8975) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 12255) + (line 9014) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 12406) * \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9247) + (line 9286) * \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9230) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 4259) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 8760) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 8767) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8774) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8778) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8782) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8787) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 8792) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 8797) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1332) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8804) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8807) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 10915) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 7222) + (line 9269) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 4162) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 8799) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 8806) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8813) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8817) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8821) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8826) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 8831) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 8836) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1236) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8843) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8846) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 11065) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 7239) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 1604) + (line 1508) * \usepackage: Additional packages. - (line 862) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 12293) -* \value: \value. (line 7248) -* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 8815) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 8810) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 8820) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 8824) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 8828) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 8832) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 8836) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 8840) -* \vdots: Dots. (line 9035) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 9212) -* \vector: \vector. (line 4633) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 8844) -* \verb: \verb. (line 5678) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 8849) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 8865) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 10470) -* \vline: \vline. (line 5271) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 10419) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 8883) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 9215) -* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 9218) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 8887) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 8890) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 8893) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 8896) + (line 763) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 12444) +* \value: \value. (line 7265) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 8854) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 8849) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 8859) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 8863) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 8867) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 8871) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 8875) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 8879) +* \vdots: Dots. (line 9074) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 9251) +* \vector: \vector. (line 4536) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 8883) +* \verb: \verb. (line 5582) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 8888) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 8904) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 10620) +* \vline: \vline. (line 5173) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 10569) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 8922) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 9254) +* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 9257) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 8926) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 8929) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 8932) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 8935) * \year: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7349) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 8899) -* \\ (for center): center. (line 3050) -* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3358) -* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 3587) -* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 4617) -* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4862) -* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 3528) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 13388) -* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5040) -* \\ for verse: verse. (line 5740) -* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 9567) -* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 9588) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 5778) -* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3366) + (line 7366) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 8938) +* \\ (for center): center. (line 2954) +* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3262) +* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 3491) +* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 4520) +* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4765) +* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 3432) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 13537) +* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 4943) +* \\ for verse: verse. (line 5644) +* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 9718) +* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 9739) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 5682) +* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3270) * \^: Reserved characters. - (line 11946) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 12242) + (line 12097) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 12393) * \_: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 12246) -* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4889) + (line 12090) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 12397) +* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4792) * \{: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 8013) + (line 12090) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 8052) * \}: Reserved characters. - (line 11939) + (line 12090) * \~: Reserved characters. - (line 11946) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 12250) + (line 12097) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 12401) * ^: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7938) + (line 7977) * _: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7938) -* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: \index. (line 12970) + (line 7977) +* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: \index. (line 13121) * {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 520) -* ~: ~. (line 10094) + (line 529) +* ~: ~. (line 10244) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 776) + (line 677) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 776) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 2915) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 2915) -* accents: Accents. (line 12210) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 9178) + (line 677) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 2819) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 2819) +* accents: Accents. (line 12361) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 9217) * accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. - (line 12009) -* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 13208) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 12231) -* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 9183) + (line 12160) +* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 13357) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 12382) +* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 9222) * additional packages, loading: Additional packages. - (line 862) + (line 763) * ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12308) -* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 4942) -* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 4802) -* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 7927) -* amsmath package: array. (line 3010) -* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3021) -* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3202) -* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3405) -* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 5592) -* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 7927) -* amsmath package <6>: Dots. (line 9038) -* amsmath package <7>: Math functions. (line 9167) -* amsmath package <8>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9344) + (line 12459) +* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 4845) +* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 4705) +* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 7966) +* amsmath package: array. (line 2914) +* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 2925) +* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3106) +* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3309) +* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 5496) +* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 7966) +* amsmath package <6>: Dots. (line 9077) +* amsmath package <7>: Math functions. (line 9206) +* amsmath package <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9467) * amsmath package <9>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9348) -* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* amsthm package: theorem. (line 5592) -* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 12367) -* appendices: \appendix. (line 2487) -* appendix: \appendix. (line 2487) -* appendix package: \appendix. (line 2510) + (line 9495) +* amsmath package <10>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 9499) +* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* amsthm package: theorem. (line 5496) +* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 12518) +* appendices: \appendix. (line 2391) +* appendix: \appendix. (line 2391) +* appendix package: \appendix. (line 2414) * aring: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12304) -* array (package) package: array. (line 3032) -* array environment: array. (line 2961) -* arrays, math: array. (line 2961) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12155) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12190) -* article class: Document classes. (line 734) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 12116) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 12081) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 12084) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12087) -* Asymptote package: \line. (line 4494) -* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 10390) -* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10622) -* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 6992) -* at-sign: \@. (line 9977) -* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9567) -* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 449) + (line 12455) +* array (package) package: array. (line 2936) +* array environment: array. (line 2865) +* arrays, math: array. (line 2865) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12306) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12341) +* article class: Document classes. (line 635) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 12267) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 12232) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 12235) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12238) +* Asymptote package: \line. (line 4397) +* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 10540) +* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10772) +* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7009) +* at-sign: \@. (line 10127) +* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9718) +* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 458) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 776) -* babel package: \chapter. (line 2250) -* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5384) -* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 12210) -* babel package <3>: \today. (line 12397) + (line 677) +* babel package: \chapter. (line 2154) +* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5286) +* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 12361) +* babel package <3>: \today. (line 12548) * babel package <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12724) -* babel package <5>: \index. (line 12970) -* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 11162) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 12090) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12096) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12093) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 12238) -* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9186) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 12253) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 364) -* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 13938) -* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3236) + (line 12875) +* babel package <5>: \index. (line 13121) +* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 11312) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 12241) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12244) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 12389) +* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9225) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 12404) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 373) +* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 14087) +* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3140) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. - (line 824) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 5512) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5337) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 5512) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 12099) -* Big point: Units of length. (line 7476) + (line 725) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 5416) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5239) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 12250) +* Big point: Units of length. (line 7499) * bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6469) + (line 6373) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 810) -* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 8923) + (line 711) +* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 8962) * bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8993) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 1365) -* bold math: Font styles. (line 1418) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3160) + (line 9032) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 1269) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 1322) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3064) * boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8967) -* book class: Document classes. (line 734) + (line 9006) +* book class: Document classes. (line 635) * book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) + (line 2424) * book, end matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) + (line 2424) * book, front matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) + (line 2424) * book, main matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2520) -* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2026) -* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2027) -* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10555) -* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 6706) -* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 11125) -* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10809) -* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 10915) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 10546) -* bp: Units of length. (line 7476) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12102) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12105) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 5761) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6052) -* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9355) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 12289) -* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 9189) + (line 2424) +* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 1930) +* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1931) +* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) +* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 6722) +* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 11275) +* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) +* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 11065) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 10696) +* bp: Units of length. (line 7499) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12253) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12256) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 5665) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 5956) +* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9506) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 12440) +* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 9228) * bug reporting: About this document. - (line 335) -* bullet lists: itemize. (line 3624) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 8108) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 12108) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 3624) -* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8949) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1368) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 12116) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 12293) + (line 344) +* bullet lists: itemize. (line 3528) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 8147) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 12259) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 3528) +* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8988) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1272) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 12267) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 12444) * catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 606) + (line 6560) * category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 606) -* cc: Units of length. (line 7489) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 13450) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 12263) -* center environment: center. (line 3040) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 12087) + (line 6560) +* cc: Units of length. (line 7512) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 13599) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 12414) +* center environment: center. (line 2944) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 12238) * centered equations: Document class options. - (line 814) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 12162) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3088) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3040) -* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 7480) -* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2185) + (line 715) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 12313) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 2992) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 2944) +* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 7503) +* chapter: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2089) * character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 606) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 12210) + (line 6560) +* character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 12361) * characters, case of: Upper and lower case. - (line 11964) + (line 12115) * characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) + (line 12449) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. - (line 11932) + (line 12083) * characters, special: Reserved characters. - (line 11932) -* check accent: Accents. (line 12293) -* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 9192) -* Cicero: Units of length. (line 7489) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 12099) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 12111) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 12242) -* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 9204) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12081) -* citation key: \bibitem. (line 5399) + (line 12083) +* check accent: Accents. (line 12444) +* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 9231) +* Cicero: Units of length. (line 7512) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 12250) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 12262) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 12393) +* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 9243) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12232) +* citation key: \bibitem. (line 5301) * class and package commands: Class and package commands. - (line 945) + (line 849) * class and package difference: Class and package construction. - (line 887) + (line 788) * class and package structure: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * class file example: Class and package structure. - (line 931) + (line 835) * class file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * class options: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 664) * class options <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * class options <2>: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 729) -* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 2779) -* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 2892) -* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6350) + (line 909) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 630) +* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 2683) +* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 2796) +* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6254) * clock option to slides class: Document class options. - (line 856) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 13466) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 12071) -* cm: Units of length. (line 7480) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5639) + (line 757) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 13615) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 12222) +* cm: Units of length. (line 7503) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5543) * colon character: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9335) -* color: Color. (line 10927) -* color <1>: Define colors. (line 11032) -* color <2>: Colored text. (line 11054) -* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 11125) -* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 11162) -* color models: Color models. (line 10980) + (line 9486) +* color: Color. (line 11077) +* color <1>: Define colors. (line 11182) +* color <2>: Colored text. (line 11204) +* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 11275) +* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 11312) +* color models: Color models. (line 11130) * color package commands: Commands for color. - (line 11027) + (line 11177) * color package options: Color package options. - (line 10942) -* color, define: Define colors. (line 11032) -* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 11125) -* colored page: Colored pages. (line 11162) -* colored text: Colored text. (line 11054) -* command line: Command line. (line 13723) + (line 11092) +* color, define: Define colors. (line 11182) +* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 11275) +* colored page: Colored pages. (line 11312) +* colored text: Colored text. (line 11204) +* command line: Command line. (line 13872) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 520) + (line 529) * commands, class and package: Class and package commands. - (line 945) + (line 849) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6490) -* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 6615) + (line 6394) +* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) * commands, document class: Class and package construction. - (line 878) + (line 779) * commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics. - (line 11471) + (line 11621) * commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7063) + (line 7080) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6490) -* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 642) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 12116) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5639) + (line 6394) +* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 6598) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 12267) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5543) * configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* contents file: Output files. (line 459) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 12028) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 7138) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6643) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 7248) + (line 11434) +* contents file: Output files. (line 468) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 12179) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 7155) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6659) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 7265) * counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7166) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 7281) -* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 5659) -* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 5717) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 4240) -* creating tables: table. (line 4951) -* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 9581) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 2747) -* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 449) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 2845) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 2869) -* CTAN: CTAN. (line 703) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 12129) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 12140) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12126) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12031) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12123) -* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 717) -* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9575) -* date, today's: \today. (line 12390) -* datetime package: \today. (line 12411) -* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2030) -* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2031) -* dcolumn package: array. (line 3032) -* dd: Units of length. (line 7486) -* define color: Define colors. (line 11032) + (line 7183) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 7298) +* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 5563) +* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 5621) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 4143) +* creating tables: table. (line 4854) +* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 9732) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 2651) +* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 458) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 2749) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 2773) +* CTAN: CTAN. (line 604) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 12280) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 12291) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12277) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12182) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12274) +* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 618) +* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9726) +* date, today's: \today. (line 12541) +* datetime package: \today. (line 12562) +* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 1934) +* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1935) +* dcolumn package: array. (line 2936) +* dd: Units of length. (line 7509) +* define color: Define colors. (line 11182) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6490) -* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 6615) + (line 6394) +* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6733) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6979) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6867) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 6485) -* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* delim_0: makeindex. (line 13140) -* delim_1: makeindex. (line 13144) -* delim_2: makeindex. (line 13148) -* delim_n: makeindex. (line 13152) -* delim_r: makeindex. (line 13156) -* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 13296) -* description environment: description. (line 3130) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 3130) -* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 6992) -* Didot point: Units of length. (line 7486) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 12227) + (line 6750) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6996) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6884) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 6389) +* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* delim_0: makeindex. (line 13290) +* delim_1: makeindex. (line 13294) +* delim_2: makeindex. (line 13298) +* delim_n: makeindex. (line 13302) +* delim_r: makeindex. (line 13306) +* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 13445) +* description environment: description. (line 3034) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 3034) +* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7009) +* Didot point: Units of length. (line 7509) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 12378) * difference between class and package: Class and package construction. - (line 887) -* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 9355) -* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 5939) -* display math mode: Modes. (line 9467) + (line 788) +* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 9506) +* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 5843) +* display math mode: Modes. (line 9618) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 4772) + (line 4675) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 4772) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3186) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) + (line 4675) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3090) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) * document class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 878) + (line 779) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 664) * document class, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 401) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 729) -* document environment: document. (line 3230) + (line 410) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 630) +* document environment: document. (line 3134) * document templates: Document templates. - (line 13931) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 12129) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 12234) -* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9198) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 12234) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 12267) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 12221) -* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 8260) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 12221) -* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 8282) -* dots: Dots. (line 9007) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12034) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12126) -* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9195) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 12168) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12068) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12184) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 12171) + (line 14080) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 12280) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 12385) +* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9237) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 12385) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 12418) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 12372) +* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 8299) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 12372) +* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 8321) +* dots: Dots. (line 9046) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12185) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12277) +* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9234) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 12319) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12219) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12335) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 12322) * double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 1583) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12096) -* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 8923) + (line 1487) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) +* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 8962) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 426) -* dvips command: Output files. (line 426) -* dvitype command: Output files. (line 426) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 12137) -* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 475) -* ellipses: Dots. (line 9007) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12052) -* em: Units of length. (line 7494) -* em <1>: Units of length. (line 7494) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12132) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 12193) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 12199) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1349) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 13479) -* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3252) + (line 707) +* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 435) +* dvips command: Output files. (line 435) +* dvitype command: Output files. (line 435) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 12288) +* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 484) +* ellipses: Dots. (line 9046) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12203) +* em: Units of length. (line 7517) +* em <1>: Units of length. (line 7517) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12283) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 12344) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 12350) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1253) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 13628) +* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3156) * ending and starting: Starting and ending. - (line 390) -* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 468) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6157) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3268) -* enumitem package: list. (line 3976) + (line 399) +* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 477) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6061) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3172) +* enumitem package: list. (line 3880) * environment: Starting and ending. - (line 409) -* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 2915) -* environment, array: array. (line 2961) -* environment, center: center. (line 3040) -* environment, description: description. (line 3130) -* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3186) -* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* environment, document: document. (line 3230) -* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3268) -* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* environment, equation: equation. (line 3391) -* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* environment, figure: figure. (line 3411) -* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 3469) -* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 3469) -* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 3520) -* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 3581) -* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 3624) -* environment, letter: letter. (line 3707) -* environment, list: list. (line 3712) -* environment, math: math. (line 4076) -* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4088) -* environment, picture: picture. (line 4240) -* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 4772) -* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 4772) -* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4802) -* environment, table: table. (line 4951) -* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5011) -* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5337) -* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 5570) -* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 6867) -* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 5600) -* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 5639) -* environment, verse: verse. (line 5725) -* environments: Environments. (line 2898) + (line 418) +* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 2819) +* environment, array: array. (line 2865) +* environment, center: center. (line 2944) +* environment, description: description. (line 3034) +* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3090) +* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* environment, document: document. (line 3134) +* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3172) +* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* environment, equation: equation. (line 3295) +* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* environment, figure: figure. (line 3315) +* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 3373) +* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 3373) +* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 3424) +* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 3485) +* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 3528) +* environment, letter: letter. (line 3611) +* environment, list: list. (line 3616) +* environment, math: math. (line 3980) +* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 3992) +* environment, picture: picture. (line 4143) +* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 4675) +* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 4675) +* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4705) +* environment, table: table. (line 4854) +* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 4914) +* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5239) +* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 5474) +* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 6884) +* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 5504) +* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 5543) +* environment, verse: verse. (line 5629) +* environments: Environments. (line 2802) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6733) -* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 13553) + (line 6750) +* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 13702) * EPS files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* EPS files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* equation environment: equation. (line 3391) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2869) + (line 11434) +* EPS files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* equation environment: equation. (line 3295) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) * equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options. - (line 820) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3370) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3391) + (line 721) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3274) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3295) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. - (line 814) + (line 715) * es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12344) -* etex command: TeX engines. (line 475) + (line 12495) +* etex command: TeX engines. (line 484) * eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12312) + (line 12463) * etoolbox package: Class and package commands. - (line 1049) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 12140) -* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 12140) -* ex: Units of length. (line 7494) -* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 7494) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12146) + (line 953) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 12291) +* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 12291) +* ex: Units of length. (line 7517) +* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 7517) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12297) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 776) + (line 677) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7938) + (line 7977) * extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) -* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 3469) + (line 12449) +* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 3373) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1486) -* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 9524) -* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9667) -* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 4942) -* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 5670) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12159) -* figure environment: figure. (line 3411) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2869) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4190) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3411) + (line 1390) +* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 9675) +* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9817) +* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 4845) +* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 5574) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12310) +* figure environment: figure. (line 3315) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4093) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3315) * file, root: Splitting the input. - (line 12425) -* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 3469) -* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 3469) + (line 12576) +* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 3373) +* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 3373) * final option: Document class options. - (line 806) + (line 707) * first-latex-doc document: About this document. - (line 347) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1386) -* flafter package: Floats. (line 1978) + (line 356) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1290) +* flafter package: Floats. (line 1882) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* float package: Floats. (line 1948) -* float page: Floats. (line 1954) + (line 707) +* float package: Floats. (line 1852) +* float page: Floats. (line 1858) * flush left equations: Document class options. - (line 814) + (line 715) * flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6083) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 3520) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 3581) + (line 5987) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 3424) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 3485) * font catalogue: Low-level font commands. - (line 1486) + (line 1390) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 1471) + (line 1375) * font size: Low-level font commands. - (line 1566) -* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1436) -* font styles: Font styles. (line 1296) + (line 1470) +* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1340) +* font styles: Font styles. (line 1200) * font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. - (line 12009) -* fonts: Fonts. (line 1290) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6979) -* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 8949) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9660) + (line 12160) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 1194) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6996) +* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 8988) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2869) -* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6270) + (line 1673) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) +* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6174) * footnote, in a table: Footnotes in a table. - (line 6399) + (line 6303) * footnote, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6380) + (line 6284) * footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6469) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4190) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6223) -* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6298) -* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6260) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3391) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* forward reference: Cross references. (line 2768) -* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 449) -* fraction: \frac. (line 9371) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7011) -* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677) -* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677) -* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10682) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 9062) + (line 6373) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4093) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6127) +* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6202) +* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6164) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3295) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* forward reference: Cross references. (line 2672) +* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 458) +* fraction: \frac. (line 9522) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7028) +* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) +* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) +* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 9101) * geometry package: Document class options. - (line 797) + (line 698) * geometry package <1>: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 702) * global options: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 664) * global options <1>: Additional packages. - (line 871) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 13208) -* glossary: Glossaries. (line 13208) -* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 13256) -* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 13315) -* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6684) -* graphics: Graphics. (line 11183) + (line 772) +* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 13357) +* glossary: Glossaries. (line 13357) +* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 13405) +* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 13464) +* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6700) +* graphics: Graphics. (line 11333) * graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* graphics package: Graphics. (line 11183) + (line 11434) +* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* graphics package: Graphics. (line 11333) * graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) + (line 11434) +* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) * graphics package commands: Commands for graphics. - (line 11471) + (line 11621) * graphics package options: Graphics package options. - (line 11220) -* graphics packages: \line. (line 4494) -* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) -* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 12246) -* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 9201) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12149) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 8001) -* group, and environments: Environments. (line 2910) -* group_skip: makeindex. (line 13087) -* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 9192) -* hacek accent: Accents. (line 12293) -* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 12362) -* hat accent: Accents. (line 12242) -* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9204) -* header style: \pagestyle. (line 9660) + (line 11370) +* graphics packages: \line. (line 4397) +* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) +* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) +* grave accent: Accents. (line 12397) +* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 9240) +* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12300) +* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 8040) +* group, and environments: Environments. (line 2814) +* group_skip: makeindex. (line 13237) +* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 9231) +* hacek accent: Accents. (line 12444) +* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 12513) +* hat accent: Accents. (line 12393) +* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9243) +* header style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) + (line 1673) * hello, world: Starting and ending. - (line 390) -* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 1948) + (line 399) +* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 1852) * home page for manual: About this document. - (line 320) -* horizontal space: \hss. (line 9890) -* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 9890) -* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12271) -* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6350) -* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6359) -* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9641) + (line 321) +* horizontal space: \hss. (line 10040) +* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 10040) +* horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12422) +* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6254) +* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6263) +* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9791) * hyperref package <3>: Command line input. - (line 13852) -* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6003) -* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 5939) -* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 5904) -* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10555) + (line 14001) +* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 5907) +* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 5843) +* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 5808) +* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) * Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12312) + (line 12463) * Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12348) -* idx file: \index. (line 13020) + (line 12499) +* idx file: \index. (line 13171) * ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12324) -* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 468) -* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* in: Units of length. (line 7473) -* in-line formulas: math. (line 4076) -* inch: Units of length. (line 7473) -* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11477) + (line 12475) +* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 477) +* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* in: Units of length. (line 7496) +* in-line formulas: math. (line 3980) +* inch: Units of length. (line 7496) +* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) * indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7722) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4186) -* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2175) -* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2237) -* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2332) -* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2398) + (line 7761) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4089) +* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2079) +* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2141) +* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2236) +* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2302) * indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2475) + (line 2379) * indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7764) -* indent_length: makeindex. (line 13168) -* indent_space: makeindex. (line 13164) -* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 12970) -* index entry: \index. (line 12920) -* index package: \index. (line 13015) -* index, page range: \index. (line 12954) -* index, printing: \printindex. (line 13193) -* index, processing: makeindex. (line 13036) -* index, style file: makeindex. (line 13048) -* indexes: Indexes. (line 12884) -* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 9857) -* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 10470) -* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9485) + (line 7803) +* indent_length: makeindex. (line 13318) +* indent_space: makeindex. (line 13314) +* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 13121) +* index entry: \index. (line 13071) +* index package: \index. (line 13166) +* index, page range: \index. (line 13105) +* index, printing: \printindex. (line 13342) +* index, processing: makeindex. (line 13186) +* index, style file: makeindex. (line 13198) +* indexes: Indexes. (line 13035) +* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 10007) +* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 10620) +* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9636) * input file: Splitting the input. - (line 12421) + (line 12572) * input, on command line: Command line input. - (line 13848) + (line 13997) * input/output, to terminal: Terminal input/output. - (line 13642) -* inserting figures: figure. (line 3411) + (line 13791) +* inserting figures: figure. (line 3315) * insertions of special characters: Special insertions. - (line 11926) -* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 9476) -* italic correction: \/. (line 10174) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 1371) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 3624) -* item_0: makeindex. (line 13111) -* item_01: makeindex. (line 13120) -* item_1: makeindex. (line 13114) -* item_12: makeindex. (line 13130) -* item_2: makeindex. (line 13117) -* item_x1: makeindex. (line 13124) -* item_x2: makeindex. (line 13134) + (line 12077) +* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 9627) +* invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* italic correction: \/. (line 10324) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 1275) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 3528) +* item_0: makeindex. (line 13261) +* item_01: makeindex. (line 13270) +* item_1: makeindex. (line 13264) +* item_12: makeindex. (line 13280) +* item_2: makeindex. (line 13267) +* item_x1: makeindex. (line 13274) +* item_x2: makeindex. (line 13284) * JPEG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* JPEG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) + (line 11434) +* JPEG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) * JPG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* JPG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 3599) -* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 3548) -* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 364) -* label: Cross references. (line 2747) -* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3130) -* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 382) -* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 364) + (line 11434) +* JPG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 3503) +* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 3452) +* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 373) +* label: Cross references. (line 2651) +* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3034) +* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 391) +* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 373) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 806) + (line 707) * landscape orientation: Document class options. - (line 817) -* latex command: Output files. (line 426) -* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12037) -* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 364) + (line 718) +* latex command: Output files. (line 435) +* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12188) +* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 373) * LaTeX Project team: About this document. - (line 331) + (line 340) * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. - (line 327) + (line 336) * latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. - (line 344) -* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 12040) + (line 353) +* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 12191) * <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. - (line 331) + (line 340) * Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) -* layout commands: Layout. (line 1613) + (line 12449) +* layout commands: Layout. (line 1517) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) -* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12155) -* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12102) -* left quote: Text symbols. (line 12056) -* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12168) -* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12174) + (line 1673) +* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12306) +* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12253) +* left quote: Text symbols. (line 12207) +* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12319) +* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12325) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 820) -* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 3548) -* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3520) -* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 9454) + (line 721) +* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 3452) +* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3424) +* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 9605) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 776) -* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 7535) -* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 6684) -* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 7368) -* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 7512) + (line 677) +* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 7563) +* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 6700) +* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 7385) +* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 7535) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12152) -* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 13094) -* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 13103) -* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 13107) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 734) -* letter environment: letter. (line 3707) + (line 707) +* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12303) +* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 13244) +* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 13253) +* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 13257) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 635) +* letter environment: letter. (line 3611) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 776) -* letters, accented: Accents. (line 12210) + (line 677) +* letters, accented: Accents. (line 12361) * letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 13466) -* letters, starting: \opening. (line 13571) -* letters, writing: Letters. (line 13345) -* line break, forcing: \\. (line 5778) -* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 5761) -* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5962) + (line 12449) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 13615) +* letters, starting: \opening. (line 13720) +* letters, writing: Letters. (line 13494) +* line break, forcing: \\. (line 5682) +* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 5665) +* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) * line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6021) -* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9355) + (line 5925) +* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9506) * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6021) -* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5011) -* line_max: makeindex. (line 13160) -* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1422) -* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5011) -* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 4802) -* list environment: list. (line 3712) -* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7222) -* list of figures file: Output files. (line 459) -* list of tables file: Output files. (line 459) -* listings package: tabbing. (line 4942) -* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 5664) -* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 5714) -* lists of items: itemize. (line 3624) -* lists of items, generic: list. (line 3712) -* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3268) + (line 5925) +* lines in tables: tabular. (line 4914) +* line_max: makeindex. (line 13310) +* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1326) +* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 4914) +* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 4705) +* list environment: list. (line 3616) +* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7239) +* list of figures file: Output files. (line 468) +* list of tables file: Output files. (line 468) +* listings package: tabbing. (line 4845) +* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) +* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 5618) +* lists of items: itemize. (line 3528) +* lists of items, generic: list. (line 3616) +* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3172) * loading additional packages: Additional packages. - (line 862) -* log file: Output files. (line 444) -* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12037) -* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 12040) -* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 12078) + (line 763) +* log file: Output files. (line 453) +* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12188) +* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 12191) +* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 12229) * long command: Class and package commands. - (line 962) -* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 12068) + (line 866) +* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 12219) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. - (line 1471) + (line 1375) * lowercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 11964) -* LR box: picture. (line 4337) -* LR mode: Modes. (line 9454) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 10887) + (line 12115) +* LR box: picture. (line 4240) +* LR mode: Modes. (line 9605) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 11037) * lshort document: About this document. - (line 355) -* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 14062) -* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 492) -* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 492) -* m-width: Units of length. (line 7494) -* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 369) -* macron accent: Accents. (line 12238) -* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 9186) + (line 364) +* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 14211) +* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 501) +* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 501) +* m-width: Units of length. (line 7517) +* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 378) +* macron accent: Accents. (line 12389) +* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 9225) * macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 627) -* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3335) -* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10555) -* makeindex: makeindex. (line 13036) -* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 13036) -* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 13048) -* making a title page: titlepage. (line 5600) -* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7631) -* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 7798) -* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12159) -* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* math accents: Math accents. (line 9178) -* math environment: math. (line 4076) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 7847) -* math functions: Math functions. (line 9062) -* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 9329) -* math mode: Modes. (line 9464) -* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 7847) + (line 6584) +* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3239) +* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) +* makeindex: makeindex. (line 13186) +* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 13186) +* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 13198) +* making a title page: titlepage. (line 5504) +* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7664) +* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 7837) +* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12310) +* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* math accents: Math accents. (line 9217) +* math environment: math. (line 3980) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 7886) +* math functions: Math functions. (line 9101) +* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 9480) +* math mode: Modes. (line 9615) +* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 7886) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9272) -* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 8001) -* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1418) -* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 7927) + (line 9311) +* math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 9368) +* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 8040) +* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1322) +* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 7966) * mathtools package <1>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9266) -* MetaPost package: \line. (line 4494) + (line 9305) +* mathtools package <2>: \smash. (line 9423) +* mathtools package <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9459) +* MetaPost package: \line. (line 4397) * mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case. - (line 12003) + (line 12154) * mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7994) -* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 7483) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4088) -* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4088) -* minted package: tabbing. (line 4942) -* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 5664) -* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 5714) -* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 717) -* mm: Units of length. (line 7483) -* modes: Modes. (line 9444) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1386) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7024) -* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6298) -* mu: Units of length. (line 7505) -* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 7505) -* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 1630) -* multilingual support: Accents. (line 12210) -* multind package: Indexes. (line 12910) -* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 9355) -* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 13293) -* NBSP: ~. (line 10094) + (line 8033) +* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 7506) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 3992) +* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 3992) +* minted package: tabbing. (line 4845) +* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) +* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 5618) +* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 618) +* mm: Units of length. (line 7506) +* modes: Modes. (line 9595) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1290) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7041) +* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6202) +* mu: Units of length. (line 7528) +* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 7528) +* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 1534) +* multilingual support: Accents. (line 12361) +* multind package: Indexes. (line 13061) +* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 9506) +* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 13442) +* NBSP: ~. (line 10244) * nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12593) + (line 12744) * new class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 878) + (line 779) * new command, check: Class and package commands. - (line 960) + (line 864) * new command, definition: Class and package commands. - (line 1035) + (line 939) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6490) -* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 6615) + (line 6394) +* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) * new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5840) -* new line, starting: \\. (line 5778) -* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 5880) -* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6124) + (line 5744) +* new line, starting: \\. (line 5682) +* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 5784) +* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6028) * non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) -* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7798) + (line 12449) +* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7837) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7222) -* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1422) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1383) + (line 707) +* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7239) +* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1326) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1287) * oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12340) -* ogonek: Accents. (line 12275) -* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1422) -* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 1618) + (line 12491) +* ogonek: Accents. (line 12426) +* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1326) +* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 1522) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 835) + (line 736) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 835) + (line 736) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 835) + (line 736) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 12056) + (line 707) +* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 12207) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 835) -* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 468) + (line 736) +* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 477) * options, class: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) + (line 909) * options, color package: Color package options. - (line 10942) + (line 11092) * options, command line: Command line options. - (line 13765) + (line 13914) * options, document class: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 664) * options, document class <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * options, global: Additional packages. - (line 871) + (line 772) * options, graphics package: Graphics package options. - (line 11220) + (line 11370) * options, package: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * options, package <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) -* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12159) + (line 909) +* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12310) * oslash: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12336) -* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9485) -* overbar accent: Accents. (line 12238) -* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9198) + (line 12487) +* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9636) +* overbar accent: Accents. (line 12389) +* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9237) * overlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9227) -* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 364) + (line 9266) +* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 373) * package file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * package options: Class and package structure. - (line 901) + (line 802) * package options <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 1005) -* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 4942) -* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 7927) -* package, amsmath: array. (line 3010) -* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3021) -* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3202) -* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3405) -* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 5592) -* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 7927) -* package, amsmath <6>: Dots. (line 9038) -* package, amsmath <7>: Math functions. (line 9167) -* package, amsmath <8>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9344) + (line 909) +* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 4845) +* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 7966) +* package, amsmath: array. (line 2914) +* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 2925) +* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3106) +* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3309) +* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 5496) +* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 7966) +* package, amsmath <6>: Dots. (line 9077) +* package, amsmath <7>: Math functions. (line 9206) +* package, amsmath <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9467) * package, amsmath <9>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9348) -* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 5592) -* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 12367) -* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 2510) -* package, array (package): array. (line 3032) -* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 4494) -* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 10390) -* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10622) -* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2250) -* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5384) -* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 12210) -* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 12397) + (line 9495) +* package, amsmath <10>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 9499) +* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 5496) +* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 12518) +* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 2414) +* package, array (package): array. (line 2936) +* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 4397) +* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 10540) +* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10772) +* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2154) +* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5286) +* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 12361) +* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 12548) * package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12724) -* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 12970) + (line 12875) +* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 13121) * package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6469) + (line 6373) * package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8993) -* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 2779) -* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 2892) -* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6350) -* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 5659) -* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 5717) -* package, datetime: \today. (line 12411) -* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3032) -* package, enumitem: list. (line 3976) -* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 13553) + (line 9032) +* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 2683) +* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 2796) +* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6254) +* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 5563) +* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 5621) +* package, datetime: \today. (line 12562) +* package, dcolumn: array. (line 2936) +* package, enumitem: list. (line 3880) +* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 13702) * package, etoolbox: Class and package commands. - (line 1049) -* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 12140) -* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 9524) -* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9667) -* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 4942) -* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 5670) -* package, flafter: Floats. (line 1978) -* package, float: Floats. (line 1948) + (line 953) +* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 12291) +* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 9675) +* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9817) +* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 4845) +* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 5574) +* package, flafter: Floats. (line 1882) +* package, float: Floats. (line 1852) * package, geometry: Document class options. - (line 797) + (line 698) * package, geometry <1>: Document class options. - (line 801) -* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6350) -* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6359) -* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9641) + (line 702) +* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6254) +* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6263) +* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9791) * package, hyperref <3>: Command line input. - (line 13852) -* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2175) -* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2237) -* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2332) -* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2398) + (line 14001) +* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2079) +* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2141) +* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2236) +* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2302) * package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2475) + (line 2379) * package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7764) -* package, index: \index. (line 13015) -* package, listings: tabbing. (line 4942) -* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 5664) -* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 5714) + (line 7803) +* package, index: \index. (line 13166) +* package, listings: tabbing. (line 4845) +* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) +* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 5618) * package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 627) -* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 7927) + (line 6584) +* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 7966) * package, mathtools <1>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9266) -* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 4494) + (line 9305) +* package, mathtools <2>: \smash. (line 9423) +* package, mathtools <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9459) +* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 4397) * package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case. - (line 12003) + (line 12154) * package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7994) -* package, minted: tabbing. (line 4942) -* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 5664) -* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 5714) -* package, multind: Indexes. (line 12910) -* package, pict2e: \line. (line 4494) -* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 12210) -* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 12397) + (line 8033) +* package, minted: tabbing. (line 4845) +* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) +* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 5618) +* package, multind: Indexes. (line 13061) +* package, pict2e: \line. (line 4397) +* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 12361) +* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 12548) * package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12724) -* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 12970) -* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 4494) + (line 12875) +* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 13121) +* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 4397) * package, sagetex: Command line options. - (line 13821) + (line 13970) * package, setspace: Low-level font commands. - (line 1583) -* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 12910) -* package, siunitx: ~. (line 10120) -* package, symbols: Math symbols. (line 8001) + (line 1487) +* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 13061) +* package, siunitx: ~. (line 10270) +* package, symbols: Math symbols. (line 8040) * package, textcase: Upper and lower case. - (line 12000) -* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 1422) -* package, TikZ: \line. (line 4494) -* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 10390) -* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10621) -* package, titlesec: \part. (line 2179) -* package, titlesec <1>: \chapter. (line 2258) -* package, titlesec <2>: \section. (line 2336) -* package, titlesec <3>: \subsection. (line 2402) + (line 12151) +* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 1326) +* package, TikZ: \line. (line 4397) +* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 10540) +* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10771) +* package, titlesec: \part. (line 2083) +* package, titlesec <1>: \chapter. (line 2162) +* package, titlesec <2>: \section. (line 2240) +* package, titlesec <3>: \subsection. (line 2306) * package, titlesec <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2479) + (line 2383) * package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12735) + (line 12886) * package, tocloft: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12735) + (line 12886) * package, ulem: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9236) -* package, url: \verb. (line 5710) -* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 5670) + (line 9275) +* package, url: \verb. (line 5614) +* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 5574) * packages, loading additional: Additional packages. - (line 862) + (line 763) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6182) + (line 6086) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6182) -* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6052) + (line 6086) +* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 5956) * page layout parameters: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) -* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 2845) -* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 9602) -* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 9744) -* page styles: Page styles. (line 9518) -* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 11162) -* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 13173) -* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 9383) -* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2052) + (line 1673) +* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 2749) +* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 9752) +* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 9894) +* page styles: Page styles. (line 9669) +* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 11312) +* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 13323) +* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 9534) +* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) * paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) + (line 2324) * paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7771) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4186) -* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 4772) + (line 7810) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4089) +* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 4675) * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote. - (line 4772) -* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9450) -* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 10711) -* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 12060) -* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 7671) -* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 10711) -* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7631) -* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6270) + (line 4675) +* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9601) +* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 10861) +* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 12211) +* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 7708) +* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 10861) +* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7664) +* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6174) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) -* part: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* part <1>: \part. (line 2131) -* pc: Units of length. (line 7470) + (line 1673) +* part: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* part <1>: \part. (line 2035) +* pc: Units of length. (line 7493) * PDF graphic files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* PDF graphic files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 436) -* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 436) -* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 475) -* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 9977) -* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12162) -* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 9977) -* period, spacing after: \@. (line 9977) -* pica: Units of length. (line 7470) -* pict2e package: \line. (line 4494) -* pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 4494) -* picture environment: picture. (line 4240) -* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4240) -* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 12060) -* placement of floats: Floats. (line 1927) -* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 13301) + (line 11434) +* PDF graphic files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 445) +* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 445) +* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 484) +* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 10127) +* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12313) +* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 10127) +* period, spacing after: \@. (line 10127) +* pica: Units of length. (line 7493) +* pict2e package: \line. (line 4397) +* pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 4397) +* picture environment: picture. (line 4143) +* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4143) +* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 12211) +* placement of floats: Floats. (line 1831) +* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 13450) * PNG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11284) -* PNG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11477) -* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 5725) -* Point: Units of length. (line 7466) + (line 11434) +* PNG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) +* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 5629) +* Point: Units of length. (line 7489) * polish l: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12328) -* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 12210) -* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 12397) + (line 12479) +* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 12361) +* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 12548) * polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12724) -* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 12970) + (line 12875) +* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 13121) * portrait orientation: Document class options. - (line 817) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 4311) + (line 718) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 4214) * positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6536) -* postamble: makeindex. (line 13084) -* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 13583) -* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 12064) -* preamble: makeindex. (line 13080) + (line 6440) +* postamble: makeindex. (line 13234) +* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 13732) +* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 12215) +* preamble: makeindex. (line 13230) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 406) + (line 415) * prompt, *: Recovering from errors. - (line 13911) -* pronunciation: Overview. (line 382) -* PSTricks package: \line. (line 4494) -* pt: Units of length. (line 7466) + (line 14060) +* pronunciation: Overview. (line 391) +* PSTricks package: \line. (line 4397) +* pt: Units of length. (line 7489) * quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9317) -* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12165) -* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 4772) -* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 4772) -* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 12180) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12184) + (line 9356) +* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12316) +* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 4675) +* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 4675) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 12331) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12335) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 4772) + (line 4675) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 4772) -* radical: \sqrt. (line 9418) -* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 3599) -* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 3581) -* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 3548) -* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3520) + (line 4675) +* radical: \sqrt. (line 9569) +* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 3503) +* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 3485) +* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 3452) +* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3424) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6733) -* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 2768) -* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 449) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 12187) -* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 9434) -* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7798) -* report class: Document classes. (line 734) + (line 6750) +* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 2672) +* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 458) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 12338) +* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 9585) +* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7837) +* report class: Document classes. (line 635) * reporting bugs: About this document. - (line 335) + (line 344) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. - (line 11932) -* resizing: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) -* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12190) -* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12105) -* right quote: Text symbols. (line 12071) -* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12171) -* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12177) + (line 12083) +* resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) +* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12341) +* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12256) +* right quote: Text symbols. (line 12222) +* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12322) +* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12328) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 820) -* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 3599) -* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 3581) -* ring accent: Accents. (line 12279) -* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 9207) -* robust commands: \protect. (line 7011) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 1374) + (line 721) +* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 3503) +* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 3485) +* ring accent: Accents. (line 12430) +* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 9246) +* robust commands: \protect. (line 7028) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 1278) * root file: Splitting the input. - (line 12425) -* roots: \sqrt. (line 9418) -* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 11799) -* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 11799) -* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 11799) -* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4842) -* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6684) + (line 12576) +* roots: \sqrt. (line 9569) +* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 11949) +* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 11949) +* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 11949) +* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4745) +* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6700) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. - (line 1769) -* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9660) + (line 1673) +* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) * sagetex package: Command line options. - (line 13821) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1380) -* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 7492) -* scaling: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) -* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8949) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1368) -* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2108) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2109) -* section: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* section <1>: \section. (line 2278) -* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2869) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2109) -* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 12075) -* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 2548) -* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2131) + (line 13970) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1284) +* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 7515) +* scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) +* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8988) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1272) +* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2012) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2013) +* section: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* section <1>: \section. (line 2182) +* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2013) +* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 12226) +* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 2452) +* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2035) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1513) + (line 1417) * setspace package: Low-level font commands. - (line 1583) -* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 7281) + (line 1487) +* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 7298) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1553) + (line 1457) * sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12344) -* showidx package: Indexes. (line 12910) -* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 5639) -* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12046) -* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 12174) -* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12068) -* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 12180) -* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 12177) -* siunitx package: ~. (line 10120) -* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1436) -* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6684) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1383) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 734) -* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 5975) -* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 5975) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1377) -* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 13305) -* sp: Units of length. (line 7492) -* space, hard: ~. (line 10094) -* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 9890) -* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 10499) + (line 12495) +* showidx package: Indexes. (line 13061) +* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 5543) +* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12197) +* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 12325) +* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12219) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 12331) +* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 12328) +* siunitx package: ~. (line 10270) +* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1340) +* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6700) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1287) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 635) +* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 5879) +* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 5879) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1281) +* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 13454) +* sp: Units of length. (line 7515) +* space, hard: ~. (line 10244) +* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 10040) +* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 10649) * space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) + (line 10300) * space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) -* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 10094) -* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 10419) -* spaces: Spaces. (line 9772) + (line 10300) +* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 10244) +* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 10569) +* spaces: Spaces. (line 9922) * spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7063) + (line 7080) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9272) -* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 10023) -* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 10043) -* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12159) + (line 9311) +* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) +* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 10193) +* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12310) * special characters: Reserved characters. - (line 11932) + (line 12083) * special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12298) + (line 12449) * special insertions: Special insertions. - (line 11926) -* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 1927) + (line 12077) +* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 1831) * splitting the input file: Splitting the input. - (line 12421) -* square root: \sqrt. (line 9418) -* stack math: \stackrel. (line 9434) -* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 642) + (line 12572) +* square root: \sqrt. (line 9569) +* stack math: \stackrel. (line 9585) +* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 6598) * starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6509) -* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6124) + (line 6413) +* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6028) * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6083) + (line 5987) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. - (line 390) + (line 399) * starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6083) -* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 12064) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12184) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12184) -* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 12180) -* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 9857) -* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 10470) -* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1758) -* strut: \strut. (line 10334) -* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1296) -* styles, page: Page styles. (line 9518) -* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2052) + (line 5987) +* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 12215) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12335) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12335) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 12331) +* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 10007) +* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 10620) +* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1662) +* strut: \strut. (line 10484) +* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1200) +* styles, page: Page styles. (line 9669) +* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) * subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) + (line 2324) * subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7938) -* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2052) -* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2356) + (line 7977) +* subsection: Sectioning. (line 1956) +* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2260) * subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2420) + (line 2324) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7938) -* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 13309) -* symbols package: Math symbols. (line 8001) + (line 7977) +* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 13458) +* symbols package: Math symbols. (line 8040) * symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 8967) -* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 8001) -* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 12021) -* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 4802) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 4802) -* table environment: table. (line 4951) + (line 9006) +* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 8040) +* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 12172) +* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 4705) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 4705) +* table environment: table. (line 4854) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. - (line 12744) -* table of contents file: Output files. (line 459) + (line 12895) +* table of contents file: Output files. (line 468) * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6380) + (line 6284) * table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12650) + (line 12801) * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. - (line 2120) -* tables, creating: table. (line 4951) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5011) -* template, article: article template. (line 13969) -* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 13938) -* template, book: book template. (line 13989) + (line 2024) +* tables, creating: table. (line 4854) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 4914) +* template, article: article template. (line 14118) +* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 14087) +* template, book: book template. (line 14138) * template, book <1>: Larger book template. - (line 14012) -* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 14062) + (line 14161) +* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 14211) * templates, document: Document templates. - (line 13931) + (line 14080) * terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 13642) -* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12078) -* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 12021) -* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) -* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 11866) -* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 11897) + (line 13791) +* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12229) +* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 12172) +* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) +* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) +* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) * textcase package: Upper and lower case. - (line 12000) -* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 1422) -* textcomp package <1>: Text symbols. (line 12021) -* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9581) -* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5337) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 5570) -* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 6867) -* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6867) -* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 5570) + (line 12151) +* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 1326) +* textcomp package <1>: Text symbols. (line 12172) +* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9732) +* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5239) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 5474) +* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 6884) +* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6884) +* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 5474) * thin space: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9298) + (line 9337) * thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) + (line 10300) * thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9312) + (line 9351) * thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10150) + (line 10300) * thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12348) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12193) -* tie: ~. (line 10094) -* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 12285) -* TikZ package: \line. (line 4494) -* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 10390) -* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10621) -* tilde accent: Accents. (line 12250) -* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9210) -* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12084) + (line 12499) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12344) +* tie: ~. (line 10244) +* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 12436) +* TikZ package: \line. (line 4397) +* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 10540) +* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10771) +* tilde accent: Accents. (line 12401) +* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9249) +* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12235) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. - (line 828) -* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 5600) -* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9588) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 5600) + (line 729) +* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 5504) +* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9739) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 5504) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 806) -* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 9530) -* titlesec package: \part. (line 2179) -* titlesec package <1>: \chapter. (line 2258) -* titlesec package <2>: \section. (line 2336) -* titlesec package <3>: \subsection. (line 2402) + (line 707) +* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 9681) +* titlesec package: \part. (line 2083) +* titlesec package <1>: \chapter. (line 2162) +* titlesec package <2>: \section. (line 2240) +* titlesec package <3>: \subsection. (line 2306) * titlesec package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2479) + (line 2383) * tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12735) -* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2119) -* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2120) + (line 12886) +* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2023) +* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2024) * tocloft package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12735) -* today's date: \today. (line 12390) -* tombstone: \rule. (line 12362) + (line 12886) +* today's date: \today. (line 12541) +* tombstone: \rule. (line 12513) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1888) -* topnumber: Floats. (line 2034) -* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2035) -* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2038) -* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2039) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 12196) -* transcript file: Output files. (line 444) -* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 468) -* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 14062) -* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 1630) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12199) + (line 1792) +* topnumber: Floats. (line 1938) +* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1939) +* totalnumber: Floats. (line 1942) +* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1943) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 12347) +* transcript file: Output files. (line 453) +* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 477) +* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 14211) +* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 1534) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12350) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 835) + (line 736) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 835) -* type styles: Font styles. (line 1296) -* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 5639) -* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1436) -* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1290) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1386) -* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3160) + (line 736) +* type styles: Font styles. (line 1200) +* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 5543) +* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1340) +* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1194) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1290) +* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3064) * ulem package: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9236) -* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12227) -* underbar: Accents. (line 12255) + (line 9275) +* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12378) +* underbar: Accents. (line 12406) * underlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9227) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 12202) -* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 468) -* units, of length: Units of length. (line 7462) + (line 9266) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 12353) +* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 477) +* units, of length: Units of length. (line 7485) * unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. - (line 331) -* unordered lists: itemize. (line 3624) + (line 340) +* unordered lists: itemize. (line 3528) * uppercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 11964) -* url package: \verb. (line 5710) -* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 5512) + (line 12115) +* url package: \verb. (line 5614) +* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) * usrguide official documentation: About this document. - (line 350) -* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 468) -* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 7138) -* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 9213) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 5639) -* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 5639) -* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 5678) -* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 5670) -* verse environment: verse. (line 5725) -* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12096) -* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12093) -* vertical mode: Modes. (line 9472) -* vertical space: \vspace. (line 10419) -* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 10499) + (line 359) +* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 477) +* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 7155) +* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 9252) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 5543) +* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 5543) +* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 5582) +* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 5574) +* verse environment: verse. (line 5629) +* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) +* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12244) +* vertical mode: Modes. (line 9623) +* vertical space: \vspace. (line 10569) +* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 10649) * vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7771) -* visible space: \verb. (line 5703) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12205) + (line 7810) +* vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 9429) +* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 9368) +* visible space: \verb. (line 5607) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12356) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1523) -* white space: Spaces. (line 9772) -* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9216) -* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9219) + (line 1427) +* white space: Spaces. (line 9922) +* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9255) +* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9258) * widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1535) -* writing external files: filecontents. (line 3469) -* writing letters: Letters. (line 13345) -* x-height: Units of length. (line 7494) -* xdvi command: Output files. (line 426) -* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 501) -* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 501) -* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 501) -* xindy: makeindex. (line 13183) -* xindy program: makeindex. (line 13183) + (line 1439) +* writing external files: filecontents. (line 3373) +* writing letters: Letters. (line 13494) +* x-height: Units of length. (line 7517) +* xdvi command: Output files. (line 435) +* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 510) +* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 510) +* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 510) +* xindy: makeindex. (line 13333) +* xindy program: makeindex. (line 13333) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index b8bafbf5b69..9ba4e402d78 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -3,20 +3,20 @@ <texinfo xml:lang="en"> <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename> <preamble>\input texinfo -</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 678 2018-07-02 20:51:26Z karl $ --> +</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $ --> <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename> -<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2018">July 2018</set> -<!-- c $Id$ --> +<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2018">October 2018</set> +<!-- c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ --> <!-- c Public domain. --> -<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set> +<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set> <set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set> <clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear> <macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c </macro> -<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</settitle> +<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</settitle> <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ <!-- c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar --> <!-- c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? --> <!-- c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. --> +<!-- c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr --> <!-- c --> <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> @@ -49,10 +50,10 @@ <copying endspaces=" "> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2018. +document preparation system, version of October 2018. </para> -<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in -the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -60,8 +61,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using <cite>Hypertext Help with &latex;</cite>, by Sheldon Green, and <cite>&latex; Command Summary</cite> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users -Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material (no -text was directly copied). +Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material. We also +gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in +latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no +text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.&linebreak; @@ -103,8 +106,8 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <titlepage endspaces=" "> <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> -<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2018</subtitle> -<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author> +<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2018</subtitle> +<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author> <page></page> <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip> <insertcopying></insertcopying> @@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -178,10 +181,17 @@ July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1">home page for manual</indexterm></cindex> <para>This is an unofficial reference manual for the &latex;2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex; -typesetting program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>). This document&textrsquo;s home page is -<url><urefurl>puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url>. That page has links to the -current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +typesetting program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>This document&textrsquo;s home page is <url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url>. There +you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its +archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in +various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. +Probably the most convenient one, shown at <url><urefurl>http://latexref.xyz/</urefurl></url>, +has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the +note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at +<url><urefurl>http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</urefurl></url>, +has all the information on single page. </para> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="2">&latex; vs.&noeos; &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>In this document, we will mostly just use &textlsquo;&latex;&textrsquo; rather than @@ -267,10 +277,11 @@ produce the logo with <code>\LaTeX</code>. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in plain text, write it as <samp>LaTeX</samp>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Starting and ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Starting and ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Output files</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Files produced. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&tex; engines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programs that can compile &tex; and &latex;. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&latex; command syntax</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General syntax of &latex; commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source giving distinct behavior. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Our repository. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -483,7 +494,7 @@ additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]p&tex;, </para> </section> -<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> +<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex; command syntax</sectiontitle> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">command syntax</indexterm></cindex> @@ -513,6 +524,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </para> +<para>Some of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands are a <dfn>declaration</dfn>. Such a command +changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For +instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of +page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & +\mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and <code>\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -521,15 +538,10 @@ to command. <para>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs). </para> -<menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source with distinct behavior. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Declaration</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the value or meaning of a command. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makeatletter & \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the status of the at-sign character. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> - -<node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Declaration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> +</section> +<node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environment</sectiontitle> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -550,7 +562,9 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between \end{verse} </pre></example> -<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref> for a list of environments. +<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +that every &latex; document must have a <code>document</code> environment, +a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair. </para> <para>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a @@ -569,160 +583,11 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </pre></example> -</subsection> -<node name="Declaration" spaces=" "><nodename>Declaration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command declarations</sectiontitle> - -<para>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other -command or parameter. For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command -changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. -</para> - -</subsection> -<node name="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Declaration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter - ... definition of commands with &arobase; in their name .. -\makeatother -</pre></example> - -<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands. <code>\makeatletter</code> makes -the at-sign character <code>&arobase;</code> have the category code of a letter, -11. <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of <code>&arobase;</code> to 12, -its original value. -</para> -<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a -character category code, or -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">catcode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">character category code</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> -<dfn>catcode</dfn> for short. For instance, the backslash <code>\</code> is -assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two -commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>&arobase;</code>. -</para> -<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands use -<code>&arobase;</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a -command that replaces one of &latex;&textrsquo;s own. Command names consist of a -category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, -category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist -of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). -So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot -contain an <code>&arobase;</code>. But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> -allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>&arobase;</code>. -</para> -<para>Use these two commands inside a <file>.tex</file> file, in the preamble, when -defining or redefining a command with <code>&arobase;</code> in its name. Don&textrsquo;t use -them inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the -<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to -have the character code of a letter. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign -in their names see <url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. These macros are -mainly intended to package or class authors. -</para> -<para>In this example the class file has a command -<code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These -three lines should go in the preamble, before the -<code>\begin{document}</code>. -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter -\renewcommand{\thesis&arobase;universityname}{Saint Michael's College} -\makeatother -</pre></example> - -<menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;ifstar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define your own commands with *-variants. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> - - -<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeup></node> -<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle> - -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\&arobase;ifstar{\mycmd&arobase;star}{\mycmd&arobase;nostar}} -\newcommand{\mycmd&arobase;nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} -\newcommand{\mycmd&arobase;star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>} -</pre></example> - -<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the -same name but ending with a star character <code>*</code>, an asterisk. -Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the -<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands. -</para> -<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward -because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a -<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> -must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block -(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> -<para>This example of <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a -variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while -<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel}{\&arobase;ifstar{\ciel&arobase;starred}{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}} -</pre></example> - -<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of -arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s -<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, -\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands -<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code> -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret&arobase;starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} -\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% - \&arobase;ifstar{\agentsecret&arobase;starred}{\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred}} -</pre></example> - -<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. The <file>suffix</file> package allows the construct -<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by -<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And -&latex;3 has the <file>xparse</file> package that allows this code. -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<var>starred version</var>}% - {<var>unstarred version</var>}% - } -</pre></example> - - -</subsubsection> -</subsection> </section> -<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle> +<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">CTAN</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">CTAN</indexterm></cindex> <para>The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network, CTAN, is the &tex; and &latex; community&textrsquo;s repository of free material. It is a set of @@ -738,8 +603,8 @@ specifications. <para>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such as search by name or by functionality. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex> <para>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is @@ -756,9 +621,9 @@ at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>. <node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">document classes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">document classes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> <para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is normally the first command in a &latex; source file. @@ -767,11 +632,11 @@ normally the first command in a &latex; source file. <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into &latex;. (Many other document classes are available as separate packages; <pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>.) @@ -817,10 +682,10 @@ template</xrefnodename></pxref>). <node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">document class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">document class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">global options</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can specify <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To @@ -832,9 +697,9 @@ specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma. <para>Here is the list of the standard class options. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): </para> @@ -842,12 +707,12 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): <pre xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (these show height by width): </para> @@ -871,63 +736,63 @@ size (these show height by width): </tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and <code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&textrsquo;s preamble. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> <para>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Miscellaneous other options: </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is @@ -936,12 +801,12 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx> @@ -949,8 +814,8 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> <para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>. </para> @@ -967,7 +832,7 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> @@ -976,10 +841,10 @@ the time at the bottom of each note. <node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated list <var>options</var>, as here. </para> @@ -991,8 +856,8 @@ list <var>options</var>, as here. as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">global options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">options, global</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">options, global</indexterm></cindex> <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. @@ -1002,9 +867,9 @@ to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">document class commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">new class commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">document class commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">new class commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a @@ -1017,8 +882,8 @@ package are useful across classes while those in a document class are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex> </para> <para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a character in command names without having to surround the code @@ -1040,20 +905,22 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands <node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">options, package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">package options</indexterm></cindex> <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts. </para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" "> -<beforefirstitem><para>In the <dfn>identification part</dfn>, the file says that it is a &latex; +<listitem> +<para>In the <dfn>identification part</dfn>, the file says that it is a &latex; package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code> and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands. -</para></beforefirstitem><listitem> +</para> +</listitem><listitem> <para>The <dfn>preliminary declarations part</dfn> declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For example, an <code>smcmemo</code> @@ -1062,14 +929,16 @@ people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</ therefore needs to define a command <code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\&arobase;tolist{#1}}</code> used in that file. -</para></listitem><listitem> +</para> +</listitem><listitem> <para>In the <dfn>handle options part</dfn> the class or package declares and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default document font size. -</para></listitem><listitem> +</para> +</listitem><listitem> <para>Finally, in the <dfn>more declarations part</dfn> the class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and loading other files. @@ -1086,7 +955,7 @@ where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the \ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">class file example</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class file example</indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of @@ -1103,21 +972,21 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial </subsection> <node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex> <para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <file>.dvi</file> file at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you @@ -1125,13 +994,13 @@ called it. See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDoc </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">new command, check</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">new command, check</indexterm></cindex> <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">long command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">long command</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>long</dfn> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts <code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an @@ -1149,16 +1018,16 @@ redefined this command. </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> <para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. </para> <para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is @@ -1179,19 +1048,19 @@ character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that &latex; appends a period to the messages. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex> <para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">options, class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">options, package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their <code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing @@ -1226,9 +1095,9 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>} </itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex> <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and @@ -1242,8 +1111,8 @@ transcript file if a command is redefined. using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>etoolbox</file> package offers the commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands @@ -1268,8 +1137,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex> <para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file name</var></file> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -1293,8 +1162,8 @@ extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref> </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. @@ -1323,7 +1192,7 @@ that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard <code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not defined then that option is silently ignored. @@ -1334,7 +1203,7 @@ default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify <code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex> <para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: <code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is @@ -1355,7 +1224,7 @@ release `2016/02/01' is available. </pre></example> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex> <para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. @@ -1368,8 +1237,8 @@ within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. @@ -1410,8 +1279,8 @@ option. The user could start their &latex; file with </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex> <para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the existence of the starred command). @@ -1455,8 +1324,8 @@ means that the global options are processed first. </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. </para> @@ -1489,7 +1358,7 @@ than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex> <para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config @@ -1499,8 +1368,8 @@ file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of these commands over Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class @@ -1536,8 +1405,8 @@ causes &latex; to give error like <code>\usepackage before <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name --> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. @@ -1552,9 +1421,9 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">font styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">type styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">font styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">type styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> @@ -1571,8 +1440,8 @@ of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> <para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list @@ -1583,59 +1452,59 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Italics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Medium weight (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Upright (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Slanted. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Small caps. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> <para>Main document font. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex> <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start @@ -1654,40 +1523,40 @@ circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely what you want.) </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">bold font</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">bold font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to bold face. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">italic font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">italic font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Italics. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">roman font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">roman font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Roman. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Small caps. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Sans serif. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Slanted (oblique). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -1702,19 +1571,19 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item> @@ -1722,28 +1591,28 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> <para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> <para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">bold math</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">bold math</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and @@ -1761,9 +1630,9 @@ are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font @@ -1771,16 +1640,16 @@ size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code> @@ -1828,8 +1697,8 @@ for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code> <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available @@ -1840,7 +1709,7 @@ ones. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding">low level font commands fontencoding</anchor> </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> <para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>, Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and @@ -1852,9 +1721,9 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font family. The web page <url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are @@ -1906,8 +1775,8 @@ examples of some common families. <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a <dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -1925,7 +1794,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are: </para> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes> @@ -1949,7 +1818,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): </para> @@ -1980,8 +1849,8 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one (<samp><code>m</code></samp>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor> <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </para> @@ -2005,9 +1874,9 @@ small caps are often missing as well. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">font size</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">font size</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the @@ -2018,7 +1887,7 @@ reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch">low level font commands baselinestretch</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\baselinestretch</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the <code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1. A change takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called. You can @@ -2026,10 +1895,10 @@ make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in the preamble. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the <file>setspace</file> package. In addition to offering a number of spacing options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places @@ -2038,7 +1907,7 @@ captions. See the package documentation. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> <para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. @@ -2047,7 +1916,7 @@ just described. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> <para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful @@ -2057,7 +1926,7 @@ to put this in a macro:&linebreak; </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: @@ -2074,7 +1943,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </para> @@ -2091,8 +1960,8 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2110,9 +1979,9 @@ behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class opt <node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -2133,14 +2002,14 @@ typesetting starts. <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor> <para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code> You must change it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good place. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor> <para>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. @@ -2148,7 +2017,7 @@ Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column environment starts. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor> <para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the @@ -2165,7 +2034,7 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not @@ -2191,13 +2060,13 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>. </para> <anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. &latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>. </para> <anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or @@ -2205,13 +2074,13 @@ between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex; default is <code>2</code>. @@ -2247,7 +2116,7 @@ Two column text here. <node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> <para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the @@ -2272,8 +2141,8 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages <node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided @@ -2288,20 +2157,20 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor> @@ -2310,15 +2179,15 @@ columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor> <para>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>, at all type sizes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor> <para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> @@ -2326,8 +2195,8 @@ classes is <samp>25pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt and 12pt it is <samp>0.275in</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor> <para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> @@ -2335,8 +2204,8 @@ classes is <samp>30pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: wh the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is <samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor> <para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to @@ -2347,12 +2216,12 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list&textrsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and <!-- c etc. For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is --> <!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor> @@ -2380,10 +2249,10 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth − \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor> <para>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is the extra distance between the left side of @@ -2397,24 +2266,24 @@ even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor> <para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor> <para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor> <para>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> @@ -2423,8 +2292,8 @@ the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes. At 12pt it is <samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor> <para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp> @@ -2445,15 +2314,15 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor> <para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed @@ -2461,8 +2330,8 @@ based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>, and then divided by two. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor> <para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the @@ -2500,8 +2369,8 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in that class also appears at the end. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its <var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the @@ -2524,9 +2393,9 @@ FAQ: <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ure appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it @@ -2534,7 +2403,7 @@ defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">float page</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">float page</indexterm></cindex> <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> @@ -2562,8 +2431,8 @@ use the <file>afterpage</file> package and issue <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in @@ -2571,7 +2440,7 @@ the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. </para> @@ -2580,27 +2449,27 @@ non-float text (change them with <code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor> <para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor> <para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default <samp>.5</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor> <para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor> <para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before floats; default <samp>.7</samp>. @@ -2611,21 +2480,21 @@ command of the form <code>\setlength{<var>parameter</var>}{ expression</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor> <para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor> <para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents, and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor> <para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. @@ -2636,26 +2505,26 @@ command of the form <code>\setcounter{<var>ctrname</var>}{< number</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; default 1. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a two-column page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -2675,19 +2544,19 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">chapter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">section</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">subsection</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">section</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> <para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All sectioning commands have the same form, one of: @@ -2725,7 +2594,7 @@ not available in <code>article</code>. </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code> . The @@ -2758,9 +2627,9 @@ subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>. <para>Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor> <para>Controls which sectioning commands are @@ -2774,9 +2643,9 @@ like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsquo;s default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and 2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor> <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. @@ -2805,9 +2674,9 @@ list sections but not subsections. &latex;&textrsquo;s default <node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -2859,15 +2728,15 @@ out the break in the table of contents. the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -2877,8 +2746,8 @@ See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">chapter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -2945,8 +2814,8 @@ the break in the contents the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package @@ -2963,8 +2832,8 @@ something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either \makeatother </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for the document, see the package <file>babel</file>. @@ -2974,8 +2843,8 @@ necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any running headers. To make that page completely blank, see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments. But @@ -3002,8 +2871,8 @@ running headers. <node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">section</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">section</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3071,15 +2940,15 @@ so it is omitted from the contents and headers. the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there are a number of options. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command @@ -3107,8 +2976,8 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do. <node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">subsection</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3161,15 +3030,15 @@ paper</samp> on the contents page. the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command @@ -3196,12 +3065,12 @@ text. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3267,15 +3136,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is 3, of a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -3288,9 +3157,9 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">appendix</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">appendices</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">appendix</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">appendices</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3322,8 +3191,8 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> for another example. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code> @@ -3338,13 +3207,13 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3378,8 +3247,8 @@ numbered. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template <node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3617,9 +3486,9 @@ display that counter. <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">cross references</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">cross references</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">label</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">label</indexterm></cindex> <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>. But by-hand typing the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with @@ -3643,8 +3512,8 @@ the <code>\label</code>. So if <code>\label</code> is in <file>calculus.tex</fi the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>. &latex; puts the information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code> that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first @@ -3656,8 +3525,8 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the document a second time. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then @@ -3674,7 +3543,7 @@ having to enter the &textldquo;Theorem.&textrdquo; <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3746,9 +3615,9 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3781,12 +3650,12 @@ those.) <node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3816,8 +3685,8 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. @@ -3828,9 +3697,9 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">environments</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, @@ -3848,7 +3717,7 @@ the end. For instance, the input <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by \end{table}.</samp> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>Environments are executed within a group. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -3886,10 +3755,10 @@ the end. For instance, the input <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3946,10 +3815,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4006,13 +3875,13 @@ the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter <code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array @@ -4023,8 +3892,8 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package. </para> @@ -4039,11 +3908,11 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <file>array</file> package has many useful extensions, including more column types. The <file>dcolumn</file> @@ -4055,10 +3924,10 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4073,7 +3942,7 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any interword space. @@ -4121,8 +3990,8 @@ entire page. <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -4179,11 +4048,11 @@ centered lines <samp>xx</samp> and <samp>yy</samp>, followed by a new paragraph <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4214,14 +4083,14 @@ missing \item</samp>. <para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Use the optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with @@ -4254,8 +4123,8 @@ lists. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle> <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -4276,8 +4145,8 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the </para> <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of @@ -4313,8 +4182,8 @@ environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. @@ -4329,8 +4198,8 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4352,8 +4221,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4377,10 +4246,10 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4410,7 +4279,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as <samp>1.</samp> and \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item @@ -4432,10 +4301,10 @@ the outermost level. </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots; </para></listitem></enumerate> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor> @@ -4449,10 +4318,10 @@ parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing lists. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor> @@ -4463,7 +4332,7 @@ through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}} \begin{enumerate} @@ -4480,15 +4349,15 @@ period. <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen @@ -4517,7 +4386,7 @@ working with old documents. \end{eqnarray*} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text mode. @@ -4525,18 +4394,18 @@ mode. <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a <code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits equation numbering, while otherwise being the same. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. @@ -4557,11 +4426,11 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4579,8 +4448,8 @@ The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter. <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a missing dollar sign. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. @@ -4590,11 +4459,11 @@ facilities. New documents should include this package. <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4640,7 +4509,7 @@ in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of @@ -4665,14 +4534,14 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4737,11 +4606,11 @@ Article by \myname. <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4753,7 +4622,7 @@ Article by \myname. \end{flushleft} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and @@ -4783,10 +4652,10 @@ flush left and ragged right. <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4833,11 +4702,11 @@ delimit its effect. <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} @@ -4847,7 +4716,7 @@ delimit its effect. \end{flushright} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that @@ -4865,10 +4734,10 @@ see <ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></ <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4904,14 +4773,14 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4940,7 +4809,7 @@ environment must have at least one <code>\item</code>; having none causes the <para>As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Optional label]</code>, then by default it will @@ -4949,10 +4818,10 @@ margin. For labels that are flush left see the <ref label="description"><xrefno environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor> @@ -4979,13 +4848,13 @@ the first level use diamonds. <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor> @@ -5015,7 +4884,7 @@ lists. <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -5036,8 +4905,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -5047,10 +4916,10 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5113,7 +4982,7 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time &latex; enters the environment, and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it @@ -5139,12 +5008,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor> <para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, @@ -5157,13 +5026,13 @@ plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor> <para>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first @@ -5185,7 +5054,7 @@ mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the @@ -5203,14 +5072,14 @@ error message <samp>Too deeply nested</samp>.) <code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor> <para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item. A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>article</samp> classes The defaults for the first three levels in @@ -5221,7 +5090,7 @@ minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point size are: <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by @@ -5237,13 +5106,13 @@ minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. It must be non-negative. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). The defaults for @@ -5322,22 +5191,22 @@ e.g., <code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a page break. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> @@ -5390,7 +5259,7 @@ depends on the list type. </para> <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets <samp>[...]</samp>, if you have an item whose text starts with <samp>[</samp>, you -have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item +have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item {[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, &latex; will think it marks the start of an optional label. </para> @@ -5469,10 +5338,10 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5491,10 +5360,10 @@ the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -5600,7 +5469,7 @@ stretchable space. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> options +<para>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> option is set to a value larger than the <code>minipage</code>&textrsquo;s natural height. To see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of <code>b</code>. @@ -5615,15 +5484,15 @@ in place of <code>b</code>. Text after </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at the start of <var>contents</var>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at @@ -5680,11 +5549,11 @@ are vertically centered. <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para><example endspaces=" "> @@ -5710,7 +5579,7 @@ or <code>Asymptote</code>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. </para> <para>This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -5774,7 +5643,7 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by naming its position. A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length, @@ -5807,7 +5676,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This <para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates <math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point @@ -5870,7 +5739,7 @@ that curve. <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5897,7 +5766,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5928,7 +5797,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5964,7 +5833,7 @@ maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with <node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -5996,7 +5865,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6036,22 +5905,22 @@ then the line&textrsquo;s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</code> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes because these lines are made by putting together line segments from @@ -6070,7 +5939,7 @@ is to use a full-featured graphics system such as <file>TikZ</file>, or <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6089,7 +5958,7 @@ lines, circles, or ovals. <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. This is the default @@ -6101,7 +5970,7 @@ changed with either <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. See also @@ -6113,7 +5982,7 @@ in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</x <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6140,7 +6009,7 @@ integers from 1 to 15. <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6187,7 +6056,7 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6222,7 +6091,7 @@ the left of the <math>y</math> axis. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in @@ -6241,7 +6110,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6270,7 +6139,7 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads). <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6319,7 +6188,7 @@ two of these letters. <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6351,8 +6220,8 @@ the text in the center. <var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can take. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> <para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box. </para> @@ -6366,7 +6235,7 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_ <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6384,7 +6253,7 @@ between the frame and the object. It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><x <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6425,18 +6294,18 @@ take. <node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation & quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6477,12 +6346,12 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>). <node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6530,7 +6399,7 @@ of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is <code>\linewidth</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed rows</dfn>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or @@ -6554,37 +6423,37 @@ done in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref> They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> <para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves @@ -6594,29 +6463,29 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -6648,15 +6517,15 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ end; </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually @@ -6670,11 +6539,11 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>, <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6719,7 +6588,7 @@ It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. </para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables @@ -6746,11 +6615,11 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6788,14 +6657,14 @@ illustrates many of the features. <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument <code>{l|l}</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">&</indexterm></findex> Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <code>\hline</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> -This <code>\\</code> is optional after the last row unless an <code>\hline</code> -command follows, to put a rule below the table. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> +After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code> +command follows to put a rule below the table. </para> <para>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of: </para> @@ -6848,9 +6717,9 @@ there. not insert <code>\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <code>&arobase;{\hspace{1em}}</code>. </para> -<para>An empty expression <code>&arobase;{}</code> will eliminate the space. In -particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the -first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the +<para>An empty expression <code>&arobase;{}</code> will eliminate the space. In +particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first +column or after the last one, as in the example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -6871,7 +6740,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it. \end{tabular} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> <para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike @@ -6930,25 +6799,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor> <para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor> <para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor> <para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor> <para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is <samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. @@ -6970,7 +6839,7 @@ lines: <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7060,17 +6929,17 @@ range en-dash. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>Note that although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a -vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no -vertical bar in the <var>cols</var> of either of the first row&textrsquo;s -<code>\multicolumn</code> commands, no rule appears in the first row. +<para>Although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical +rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears +in the first row here. That&textrsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the +<var>cols</var> part of the first row&textrsquo;s first <code>\multicolumn</code> command. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical @@ -7103,7 +6972,7 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7133,7 +7002,7 @@ height. <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the @@ -7158,10 +7027,10 @@ is required. <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7216,8 +7085,8 @@ title is in macro <code>\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command, as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code> after <code>\begin{document}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected @@ -7234,7 +7103,7 @@ language. <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7251,7 +7120,7 @@ language. <para>Generate an entry labeled by <var>label</var>. The default is for &latex; to generates a number using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <dfn>citation key</dfn> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">citation key</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">citation key</indexterm></cindex> <var>cite_key</var> is a string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </para> @@ -7308,7 +7177,7 @@ recompiling. <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7341,12 +7210,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>produces the output <samp>... source is [1]</samp>. +<para>produces output like <samp>... source is [1]</samp>. (You can change the +appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in +<ref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></ref>.) </para> <para>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce <samp>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</samp>. </para> +<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes +information to the auxiliary file <file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>. For +instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes <samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp> +to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your +reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see +<ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also. +</para> <para>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>, and in the output the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. @@ -7354,21 +7232,14 @@ There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in <code>\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information and so changed the <file>.aux</file> file (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>) then -the fix may be to just run &latex; again. -</para> -<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes -information to the auxiliary file <file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>. For -instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes <samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp> -to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also. +the fix may be to run &latex; again. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7389,11 +7260,11 @@ have not cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename> <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> <para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the @@ -7465,10 +7336,10 @@ you used. <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7496,11 +7367,11 @@ The next result follows immediately. \end{thm} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code> from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these @@ -7512,11 +7383,11 @@ such as styling options. <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7563,14 +7434,14 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnod <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7596,19 +7467,19 @@ Symbol swearing: %&$#?&eosexcl;. <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as commands being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot appear there. (But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For @@ -7616,11 +7487,11 @@ instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>. @@ -7635,8 +7506,8 @@ and <code>minted</code>. <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7669,7 +7540,7 @@ shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">visible space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">visible space</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. <tex endspaces=" "> @@ -7681,24 +7552,24 @@ space character. <pre xml:space="preserve">The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code> provides an option that is better than the <code>\verb</code> command, since it allows line breaks. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over <code>\verb</code>. One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code> @@ -7711,10 +7582,10 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename> <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7735,7 +7606,7 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename> On the fair daughter of rich Capulet. </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. </para> @@ -7763,8 +7634,8 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified. <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -7795,9 +7666,9 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -7879,9 +7750,9 @@ something like this. <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>, internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each @@ -7931,8 +7802,8 @@ fff ggg <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode @@ -7964,8 +7835,8 @@ single cell of the table. <node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at @@ -8006,8 +7877,8 @@ care. </section> <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8038,9 +7909,9 @@ automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm. <node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy & \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between @@ -8062,8 +7933,8 @@ the command. <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8100,8 +7971,8 @@ the command. <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8127,10 +7998,10 @@ exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8175,8 +8046,8 @@ and <ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref> t <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or @@ -8219,11 +8090,11 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8278,9 +8149,9 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8323,8 +8194,8 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8357,10 +8228,10 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>. <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -8416,7 +8287,7 @@ does not have these effects. <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. </para> @@ -8450,7 +8321,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8474,9 +8345,9 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x the footnote. If you use this then &latex; does not increment the <code>footnote</code> counter. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change this with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which @@ -8487,11 +8358,11 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with </para> <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor> <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except @@ -8507,7 +8378,7 @@ Change the rule with something like this. \kern 2pt} % and this 2 </pre></example> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor> <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for @@ -8526,8 +8397,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are some workarounds; see following sections. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the @@ -8539,7 +8410,7 @@ shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodenam <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8592,11 +8463,11 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver&rb Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>. </para> @@ -8610,8 +8481,8 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>. </para> @@ -8620,7 +8491,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8643,8 +8514,8 @@ examples. <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </para> @@ -8673,7 +8544,7 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument. <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but @@ -8754,10 +8625,10 @@ other footnotes. <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package @@ -8780,20 +8651,22 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcommand & \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define a new command. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\providecommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new command, if name not used. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new counter. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new length. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new box. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcommand & \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define a new command. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\providecommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new command, if name not used. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makeatletter & \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the status of the at-sign character. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;ifstar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define your own commands with *-variants. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new length. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new box. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new environment. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new theorem-like environment. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new theorem-like environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Discard extra spaces. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -8801,11 +8674,11 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8832,8 +8705,8 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <para>Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms that it not be <code>\long</code>). @@ -8861,7 +8734,7 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the @@ -8959,13 +8832,13 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: </para> </section> -<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8999,7 +8872,142 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error. </para> </section> -<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with &arobase; in their name .. +\makeatother +</pre></example> + +<para>Use this pair when you redefine &latex; commands that are named with an +at-sign character <samp><code>&arobase;</code></samp>. The <code>\makeatletter</code> +declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a +letter, code 11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the +category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. +</para> +<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">catcode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">character category code</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> +<dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash +character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0. Command names +consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed +by letters, category 11 characters (except that a command name can +also consist of a category 0 character followed by a single +non-letter symbol). +</para> +<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s source code has the convention that some commands use +<code>&arobase;</code> in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package +or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a +package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of +their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. +</para> +<para>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the +default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <file>.tex</file> +file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with <code>&arobase;</code>, by having them surround your definition. Don&textrsquo;t +use these inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the +<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange +that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. +</para> +<para>In this example the class file has a command +<code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These +three lines should go in the preamble, before the +<code>\begin{document}</code>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\thesis&arobase;universityname}{Saint Michael's College} +\makeatother +</pre></example> + + +</section> +<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\&arobase;ifstar{\mycmd&arobase;star}{\mycmd&arobase;nostar}} +\newcommand{\mycmd&arobase;nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} +\newcommand{\mycmd&arobase;star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character <code>*</code>, an asterisk. +Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the +<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands. +</para> +<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a +<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> +must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block +(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>This example of <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a +variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to +<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while +<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel}{\&arobase;ifstar{\ciel&arobase;starred}{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}} +</pre></example> + +<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s +<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, +\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands +<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code> +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret&arobase;starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% + \&arobase;ifstar{\agentsecret&arobase;starred}{\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred}} +</pre></example> + +<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. The <file>suffix</file> package allows the construct +<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by +<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And +&latex;3 has the <file>xparse</file> package that allows this code. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {<var>starred version</var>}% + {<var>unstarred version</var>}% + } +</pre></example> + + +</section> +<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> @@ -9096,16 +9104,17 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{<var>cmd</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\<var>cmd</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Define <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> to refer to a new &textldquo;bin&textrdquo; for storing boxes. -Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to -measure or manipulate (<pxref label="Boxes"><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The required bin name -<code><var>cmd</var></code> must start with a backslash, <code>\</code>, and must not -already be defined. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Define \<var>cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by +<var>cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold +material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or +manipulate (<pxref label="Boxes"><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must +start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. +This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. +<para>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\logobox} @@ -9446,8 +9455,8 @@ boldface with a roman (<pxref label="Fonts"><xrefnodename>Fonts</xrefnodename></ </pre></example> <para>Define a command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> that will change the current font. -The control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin -with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a +backslash, <code>\</code>. </para> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> @@ -9973,30 +9982,37 @@ bogus month value produces no output). <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> -<para>This shows a box of the given length. +<para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code> +does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain &tex; +calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what Plain &tex; +calls a <dfn>skip</dfn>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> +can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, +the <code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural length</dfn> while the other two, the +<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow &tex; to stretch or +shrink the length to optimize placement. +</para> +<para>The illustrations below use these two commands. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} % make a bar -\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it -XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY +<pre xml:space="preserve">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide +\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}} + +% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border) +\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{% + \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>It produces a black bar 100 points long between <samp>XXX</samp> and -<samp>YYY</samp>. -</para> -<para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> (what Plain &tex; -calls a <dfn>dimen</dfn>) such as <code>10pt</code> does not contain a <code>plus</code> -or <code>minus</code> component. The above example shows a rigid length. A -<dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what Plain &tex; calls a <dfn>skip</dfn>) can contain -those components, as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>. Here the -<code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural length</dfn> while the other two, the -<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow the length to stretch or -shrink. -</para> -<para>Shrinking is simpler: with <code>1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, the natural length -is 1<dmn>cm</dmn> but if smaller is needed then &tex; can shrink it down as -far as 0.95<dmn>cm</dmn>. Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more. +<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points +long between <samp>XXX</samp> and <samp>YYY</samp>. This length is rigid. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY +</pre></example> + +<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus +0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1<dmn>cm</dmn> but &tex; can shrink it down +as far as 0.95<dmn>cm</dmn>. Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two bars. </para> @@ -10016,7 +10032,7 @@ wider than the 300<dmn>pt</dmn> allocated, as &tex; has refused to shrink the total to less than 309 points. </para> <para>Stretching is like shrinking except that if &tex; is asked to stretch -beyond the given amount, it won&textrsquo;t refuse. Here the first line is fine, +beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine, producing a space of 110 points between the bars. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -10029,11 +10045,9 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% <noindent></noindent> <para>In the second line &tex; needs a stretch of 10 points and only -1 point was specified. In this situation, &tex; stretches the -space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like -<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</samp>. (We won&textrsquo;t -discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much -stretch as needed.) +1 point was specified. &tex; stretches the space to the required +length but it gives you a warning like <samp>Underfull \hbox (badness +10000) detected at line 22</samp>. (We won&textrsquo;t discuss badness.) </para> <para>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in <code>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>. @@ -10042,17 +10056,18 @@ stretch as needed.) stretch or shrink in proportion. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}% left +<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{% + \blackbar{100pt}% left \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another -100. In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two -<code>\hspace</code>&textrsquo;s must stretch 20 points. Because the two say -<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the -stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second. +<para>The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs +another 100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two +<code>\hspace</code>&textrsquo;s must stretch 20 points. Because the two are +<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the stretch +from the first space and 1/6 from the second. </para> <para>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain a <dfn>fill</dfn> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>. This gives the @@ -10068,10 +10083,10 @@ the page. \end{minipage} </pre></example> -<para>&tex; actually has three infinite glue components <code>fil</code>, -<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than -the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one -(<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: +<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more +infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use +the middle one (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and @@ -10102,7 +10117,7 @@ math mode. </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">Point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor> -<para>Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal +<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal places, is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.85<dmn>mm</dmn> = 28.45<dmn>cm</dmn>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item> @@ -10216,8 +10231,13 @@ while the second will not. He said stop going to those places. </pre></example> -<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>. +<para>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype the above as +<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, +then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</samp>. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name +then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be +read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp> </para> </section> @@ -10242,8 +10262,8 @@ length</xrefnodename></pxref>). <para>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} -Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +<pre xml:space="preserve">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar? +\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt} Nurse: no change. </pre></example> @@ -10251,9 +10271,11 @@ Nurse: no change. <noindent></noindent> <para>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph. </para> -<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>. If you leave -off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in +<para>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if +for example you mistype the above as +<code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get +something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>. +If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like <samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>. </para> @@ -10282,9 +10304,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetdepth </pre></example> -<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth</samp>. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<para>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you +mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>, +then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetdepth</samp>. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> @@ -10313,9 +10336,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetheight </pre></example> -<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if +for example you mistype as +<code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something +like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>. If +you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> @@ -10344,42 +10369,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetwidth </pre></example> -<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth</samp>. If you -leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you +mistype the above as <code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, +then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetwidth</samp>. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> -<!-- c @node Predefined lengths --> -<!-- c @section Predefined lengths --> - -<!-- c @cindex lengths, predefined --> -<!-- c @cindex predefined lengths --> - -<!-- c @code{\width} --> -<!-- c @findex \width --> - -<!-- c @code{\height} --> -<!-- c @findex \height --> - -<!-- c @code{\depth} --> -<!-- c @findex \depth --> - -<!-- c @code{\totalheight} --> -<!-- c @findex \totalheight --> - -<!-- c These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making --> -<!-- c commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width, etc., of the --> -<!-- c text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals --> -<!-- c @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To --> -<!-- c make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say --> - -<!-- c @example --> -<!-- c \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} --> -<!-- c @end example --> - - </section> </chapter> <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> @@ -10388,9 +10385,9 @@ leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Once &latex; has all of a paragraph&textrsquo;s contents it divides it into -lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (<pxref label="Line-breaking"><xrefnodename>Line -breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>). To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. +<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by +two empty lines. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -10408,6 +10405,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. <para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment character, <code>%</code>. </para> +<para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph&textrsquo;s contents it divides that +content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph +(<pxref label="Line-breaking"><xrefnodename>Line breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don&textrsquo;t put a blank line in math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>); here the line before the <code>\end{equation}</code> @@ -10448,7 +10449,7 @@ complete</samp>. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex;, converts two +<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -10467,22 +10468,25 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\par</code> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but -it terminates paragraph mode, bringing &latex; to vertical mode +<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but +it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in math mode or in the argument -of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> command (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making -paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> +command (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and <ref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & +\renewcommand</xrefnodename></ref>). </para> -<para>The <code>\par</code> command differs from the <code>\paragraph</code> command in -that the latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents. +<para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code> +command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a +sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents +(<pxref label="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><xrefnodename>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>The <code>\par</code> command differs from <code>\newline</code> and the line break -double backslash, <code>\\</code>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just -the line. It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph -vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line +break double backslash, <code>\\</code>. The difference is that <code>\par</code> +ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of +the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent +& \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The output from this example </para> @@ -10646,9 +10650,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with <code>\normalmarginpar</code>. </para> -<para>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for a -note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is -used for a note in the the right margin. +<para>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for +a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is +used for a note in the right margin. </para> <para>Normally, a note&textrsquo;s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with @@ -10940,7 +10944,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<!-- c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols --> +<!-- c xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols --> <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> @@ -12414,12 +12418,172 @@ in both text and math mode. both text and math mode. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\smash{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Typeset <var>subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero. +</para> +<para>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the +<code>\smash</code> command &latex; would separate its line from the line +above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$, +evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$. +</pre></example> +<para>(Because of the <code>\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the +line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the +document to make such adjustments.) +</para> +<para>This pictures the effect of <code>\smash</code> by using <code>\fbox</code> to +surround the box that &latex; will put on the line. The +<code>\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10 points below +the baseline to 20 points above. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}} +\fbox{\blackbar} +\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}} +</pre></example> + +<para>The first box that &latex; places is 20 points high and +10 points deep. But the second box is treated by &latex; as +having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the +page still extends well above and below the line. +</para> +<para>The <code>\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the +size of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical +extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} +\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)} +\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)} +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an +argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (<pxref label="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom & \vphantom +& \hphantom</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can +appear in other contexts. However, it doesn&textrsquo;t change into horizontal +mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a +<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">xxx xxx xxx + +\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent + +\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent +</pre></example> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer +control over smashing a subformula box. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\phantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\vphantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\hphantom{<var>subformula</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, +and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes +&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink. The <code>\vphantom</code> +variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as +<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a +box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth +zero. +</para> +<para>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two +square roots would be at different heights. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside +it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so &latex; +makes the bars align. +</para> +<para>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>. <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref> +for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides +a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more +convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) as well +as <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\settodepth</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\settoheight</code> +(<pxref label="_005csettoheight"><xrefnodename>\settoheight</xrefnodename></pxref>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettowidth"><xrefnodename>\settowidth</xrefnodename></pxref>). +In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer +fine-grained control over spacing. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special +mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you +should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code> +command from the package <file>amsmath</file>. +</para> +<para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other +contexts. However, they don&textrsquo;t cause &latex; to change into horizontal +mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it +with <code>\leavevmode</code>. +</para> + +</subsection> </section> <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. @@ -12437,8 +12601,8 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">:</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">colon character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">:</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">colon character</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">:</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex> @@ -12455,16 +12619,16 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want @@ -12475,10 +12639,10 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}< <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -12502,7 +12666,7 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>. <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\left & \right</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">fraction</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">fraction</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -12521,11 +12685,11 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code> <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex> @@ -12573,9 +12737,9 @@ backslash, <code>\{</code>. <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\left & \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">square root</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">roots</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">radical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">square root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">roots</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">radical</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -12599,8 +12763,8 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical). <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">stack math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">stack math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -12619,7 +12783,7 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</cod <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">modes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">modes</indexterm></cindex> <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal @@ -12630,13 +12794,13 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor> <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts @@ -12649,24 +12813,24 @@ that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR box won&textrsquo;t fit there.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">math mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating an inline mathematical formula. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code> differs in the two situations.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and other material making the output page. This is the mode &latex; is in when it starts a document. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a <code>\vbox</code>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. @@ -12681,11 +12845,11 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the <samp>\(</samp> where &latex; changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor> <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor> -<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or +<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or a <code>minipage</code> then &latex; is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a <dfn>parbox</dfn>, &latex; is in <dfn>inner paragraph mode</dfn>. Its more usual @@ -12693,7 +12857,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is <dfn>outer paragraph mode</dfn> (<pxref label="Page-breaking"><xrefnodename>Page breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ensure that math mode is active +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ensure that math mode is active. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005censuremath" spaces=" "><nodename>\ensuremath</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Modes</nodeup></node> @@ -12732,8 +12896,8 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf. <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">page styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">page styles</indexterm></cindex> <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This @@ -12741,8 +12905,8 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first page of an article. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -12758,7 +12922,7 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -12803,7 +12967,7 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a @@ -12814,22 +12978,23 @@ the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No \author given</samp>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var> doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information -for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in -the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text so -you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose. +for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in +the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at +all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email +address. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you @@ -12838,11 +13003,11 @@ omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<para>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <code>article</code> -in that example, that formats the title according to their house -requirements. To make your own, see <ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. You can -either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a -renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command. +<para>To make your own title page, see <ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. You can either +create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed +<code>\maketitle</code> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use +in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their +house requirements.) </para> </section> @@ -12850,7 +13015,7 @@ renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12879,7 +13044,7 @@ also <ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005 </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">arabic</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>arabic numerals: 1, 2, &dots; +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, &dots; </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">roman</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, &dots; @@ -12896,8 +13061,8 @@ get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number @@ -12922,9 +13087,9 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">header style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">footer style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">header style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12935,8 +13100,8 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset, from the current page onwards. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package <file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and @@ -13029,7 +13194,7 @@ the last one that came before that page. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13044,7 +13209,7 @@ or environments. </para> <para>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For example, this &latex; book document has the first page of the first -chapter in in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page +chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page styles</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -13069,8 +13234,8 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">spaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">white space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">white space</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of these are best suited to mathematical text; see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in @@ -13205,8 +13370,8 @@ space won&textrsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths" <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13252,9 +13417,9 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13360,9 +13525,9 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name --> <para>Synopsis: @@ -13425,7 +13590,7 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13452,7 +13617,7 @@ spaces are treated equally. <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13469,9 +13634,9 @@ spaces are treated equally. <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">\TAB</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">\TAB</indexterm></cindex> <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: @@ -13483,35 +13648,35 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>. </para> -<para>A blank is not a space. When you type a blank between words, &latex; -produces white space. That&textrsquo;s different from an explicit space. This -illustrates. +<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white +space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{l} +One blank: makes some space \\ Three blanks: in a row \\ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>On the first line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one -whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance, -with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a -blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is -wider. Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal -space. (But the best way to create horizontal space is with -<code>\hspace</code>; <xref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></xref>.) -</para> -<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. First, it is often used -after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But the approach of using curly -parentheses, as in <code>\TeX{} is nice</code>, has the advantage of still -working if the next character is a period.) -</para> -<para>The second common use is that -it mark a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending -a sentence, as in <code>So says Prof.\ Smith</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon. On the +second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one +whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the +first line. &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a +tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line +asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the +backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. +(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with +<code>\hspace</code>; see <ref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></ref>.) +</para> +<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as +in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in +<code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next +character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period +as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So +says Prof.\ Smith</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and <code>\</code><key>newline</key> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. @@ -13526,10 +13691,10 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">tie</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">space, hard</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">tie</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">space, hard</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13565,8 +13730,8 @@ here are some usage models, many of them from the &tex;book. <code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the @@ -13610,10 +13775,10 @@ said~--- plausible</code>. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">thin space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">thin space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13647,7 +13812,7 @@ use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13860,7 +14025,7 @@ with <samp>def</samp>. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">strut</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">strut</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13919,16 +14084,16 @@ item&textrsquo;s second line. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The final two lists use <code>fbox</code> to show what&textrsquo;s happening. The third -list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second <samp>test</samp>, -which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. -The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra -below-baseline space. +<para>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what&textrsquo;s happening. The +third list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second +<samp>test</samp>, which happens not have any characters that descend below +the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed +extra below-baseline space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>. For instance, you may have a command @@ -13965,8 +14130,8 @@ integral would still hit the line.) <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14033,8 +14198,8 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14073,8 +14238,8 @@ Lost Dog! <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14133,8 +14298,9 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xr <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. --> <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </para> @@ -14157,9 +14323,9 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">make a box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">make a box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14170,7 +14336,7 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. \makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is is typeset in +<para>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>) so it is not broken into lines. The <code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -14248,11 +14414,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space) will be just before the <samp>What</samp> (note the space after @@ -14327,7 +14493,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide. </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> <para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -14335,7 +14501,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide. <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes: @@ -14376,8 +14542,8 @@ units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxre <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -14506,7 +14672,7 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">box, save</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">box, save</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14641,7 +14807,7 @@ and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14661,14 +14827,14 @@ robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">color</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. </para> -<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So all the commands below -will only work if your document preamble contains -<code>\usepackage{color}</code>, that brings in the standard package. +<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put +<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the +commands described here. </para> <para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;&textrsquo;s color abilities. Particularly worth mentioning is <file>xcolor</file>, which is widely used and @@ -14685,8 +14851,8 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">color package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">color package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -14736,7 +14902,7 @@ memory space. <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">color models</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">color models</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>, @@ -14797,7 +14963,7 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package. </para> @@ -14812,9 +14978,9 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">define color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">color, define</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">define color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">color, define</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14848,8 +15014,8 @@ or style, rather than in the document body. <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">colored text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">colored text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -14950,9 +15116,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15006,10 +15172,10 @@ of the second line. <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">colored page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">colored page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15040,8 +15206,8 @@ rather than the default transparent background.) <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document. You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;. @@ -15090,8 +15256,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -15171,14 +15337,14 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter. <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -15398,7 +15564,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <file>.eps.gz</file> should -be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the the BoundingBox information +be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information stored in the file with extension <file>.eps.bb</file>, and that the command <code>gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file. </para> @@ -15414,8 +15580,8 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and <file>graphicx</file> packages. @@ -15431,15 +15597,15 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package: @@ -15830,18 +15996,18 @@ external commands. <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">rotation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">rotation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex> -<para>Synopsis for <file>graphics</file> package: +<para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Synopses for <file>graphicx</file> package: +<para>Synopses if you use the <file>graphicx</file> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} @@ -15878,10 +16044,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when typesetting this material. </para> <para>If you use the <file>graphics</file> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package then -then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but -note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, -except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options (<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). +reference point of the box. If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package +then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, +but note that you can get the same effect without needing this +package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options +(<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">origin</itemformat></item> @@ -15891,16 +16058,16 @@ left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for ce <code>t</code> for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline. Thus, the first line here </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon} -\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon} +\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code> but gives -the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is -<code>lB</code>. +the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in +<code>c</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">x, y</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with @@ -15920,12 +16087,12 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex> @@ -15970,12 +16137,12 @@ immediately followed by its mirror reflection. <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: @@ -16015,8 +16182,8 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @@ -16036,10 +16203,10 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. @@ -16085,9 +16252,9 @@ there to split the lines). <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16130,15 +16297,15 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces <w> </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package <file>mfirstuc</file>. @@ -16149,8 +16316,8 @@ standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character @@ -16167,8 +16334,8 @@ example could also be written as <code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in @@ -16179,148 +16346,148 @@ you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package. <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>©right; The copyright symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex; logo. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex;2e logo. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> <para>«, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> <para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">left quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>£ English pounds sterling. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> <para>„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">right quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &tex; logo. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>^ ASCII circumflex. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>~ ASCII tilde. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>* Centered asterisk. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>\ Backslash. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>| Vertical bar. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>25EF</U> Big circle symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>{ Left brace. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>} Right brace. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>• Bullet. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>24B6</U> Circle around <var>letter</var>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">cap height</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">cap height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example, <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This is most useful in non-English languages. The @@ -16328,138 +16495,138 @@ is most useful in non-English languages. The while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> Dagger. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> <para>$ Dollar sign. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textmdash; Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in <code>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- is more like a sprint.</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textndash; En-dash (used for ranges, as in <code>See pages 12--14</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The Euro symbol: €. For an alternative glyph design, try the <file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>> Greater than symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>< Less than symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2190</U> Left arrow. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¿ Upside down question mark. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textldquo; Double left quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>0027</U> Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark --> <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>®istered; Registered symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2192</U> Right arrow. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol. </para> <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? --> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>_ Underscore. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2423</U> Visible space symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -16469,17 +16636,17 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, through the <code>babel</code> package and related support if you are using pdf&latex;, or <file>polyglossia</file> if you are using Xe&latex; or @@ -16492,11 +16659,11 @@ with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. lowercase <samp>o</samp>. </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i, <!-- c @dotless{i}, --> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j. <!-- c @dotless{j}. --> These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are @@ -16507,61 +16674,61 @@ accented. <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath. </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">underbar</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">underbar</indexterm></cindex> <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under <var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, @@ -16572,35 +16739,35 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item> @@ -16611,7 +16778,7 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </para> @@ -16619,16 +16786,16 @@ its box. <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">check accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">check accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> @@ -16639,12 +16806,12 @@ its box. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other @@ -16655,22 +16822,22 @@ than English. <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">aring</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">aring</indexterm></cindex> <para>å and Å. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>æ and Æ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. @@ -16687,14 +16854,14 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">polish l</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">polish l</indexterm></cindex> <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item> @@ -16707,30 +16874,30 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">oslash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">oslash</indexterm></cindex> <para>ø and Ø. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>œ and Œ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>ß and SS. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. @@ -16753,8 +16920,8 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> <para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, often used to mark the end of a proof. </para> @@ -16762,8 +16929,8 @@ often used to mark the end of a proof. <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat @@ -16795,8 +16962,8 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16808,11 +16975,11 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. <var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4, 1976</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, @@ -16831,8 +16998,8 @@ the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>: <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <file>datetime</file> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. @@ -16846,16 +17013,16 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes. <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">input file</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones. This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document. It can also speed processing. </para> <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">root file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">file, root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">root file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">file, root</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such a file with five included files. </para> @@ -17067,7 +17234,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: \end{document} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will @@ -17150,7 +17317,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> @@ -17245,11 +17412,11 @@ list of figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like the first line here. @@ -17265,11 +17432,11 @@ the first line here. Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file> will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the @@ -17288,7 +17455,7 @@ contents. <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17478,11 +17645,11 @@ the old information. <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">indexes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">indexes</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>This document has an index. </para> @@ -17514,11 +17681,11 @@ These output a file <file><var>root-name</var>.ind</file>. Finally, you bring t information back into your document and typeset it with the <code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the @@ -17537,7 +17704,7 @@ also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">index entry</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">index entry</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -17580,7 +17747,7 @@ document as above will give an index entry like <samp>Ackermann, 22, instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -17601,14 +17768,14 @@ the output is the item <samp>Jones</samp> with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results, 51</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar @@ -17666,8 +17833,8 @@ would naturally give it. entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. (The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that provided by <file>makeidx</file>. One is <file>index</file>, which allows for @@ -17676,11 +17843,11 @@ multiple indices and contains a command <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it. </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">idx file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">idx file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command -<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>, where +<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>, where <var>page-num</var> is the value of the <code>\thepage</code> counter. On occasion, when the <code>\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate. @@ -17698,11 +17865,11 @@ message like this. <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -17718,7 +17885,7 @@ raw index files, <file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> files, and produces the actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex> <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows @@ -17779,7 +17946,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing -will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new +will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new letter the <code>lethead_prefix</code> and <code>lethead_suffix</code> will be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default @@ -17885,20 +18052,20 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command> -does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does internationalization and can -process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of -other languages. It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and -in terms of the collating order of the text. See the documentation on -CTAN. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job +<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly +configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order +of the text, as described in its documentation. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -17922,9 +18089,9 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">glossary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">glossary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> @@ -17972,7 +18139,7 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear @@ -17992,7 +18159,7 @@ CTAN. <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -18064,7 +18231,7 @@ form given in the synopsis. <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -18106,8 +18273,8 @@ which also takes the plural. <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18245,7 +18412,7 @@ is formatted as a personal letter. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18270,8 +18437,8 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in: <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18292,7 +18459,7 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example: <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18388,8 +18555,8 @@ columns having two labels each. <para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column contains the address for each recipient. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines @@ -18418,7 +18585,7 @@ with the return address. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18438,7 +18605,7 @@ with the return address. <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18543,8 +18710,8 @@ page. <node name="Terminal-input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Terminal input/output</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. @@ -18664,7 +18831,7 @@ character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. <node name="Command-line" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line): </para> @@ -18725,7 +18892,7 @@ to do. <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the @@ -18779,9 +18946,9 @@ and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first <code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. This option -overrides that process and directly specifies the name. <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command -line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use. +name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The +<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the +name. <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use. </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item> @@ -18791,16 +18958,16 @@ line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">shell-escape</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">enable-write18</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">disable-write18</itemformat></itemx> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell command</var>}</code>. The first two options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are for MiK&tex;. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a &latex; file. For instance the package <file>sagetex</file> allows you to @@ -18835,15 +19002,15 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;. <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting <var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special effects. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For example, this file (which uses the <file>hyperref</file> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a @@ -18863,8 +19030,8 @@ PDF. <noindent></noindent> <para>Compiling this document <file>book.tex</file> with the command line -<code>pdflatex test</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue. But -compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"</code> +<code>pdflatex book</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue. But +compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code> has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may do this differently.) @@ -18892,7 +19059,7 @@ called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first. <noindent></noindent> <para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is needed because +incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise the output file would be <file>graphicx.pdf</file>, as <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.) </para> @@ -18925,8 +19092,8 @@ l.5 The \PN typo. You could instead enter <samp>?</samp> and <code><return></code> to see other options. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex> <para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case @@ -18945,8 +19112,8 @@ Please type another input file name: </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Contol></code> and <samp>d</samp> (holding -them down at the same time), and just fix the command line. +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Control></code> and <samp>d</samp> (holding +them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </para> </section> @@ -18954,8 +19121,8 @@ them down at the same time), and just fix the command line. <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">document templates</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">document templates</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at @@ -18973,8 +19140,8 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -19011,7 +19178,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{article} @@ -19037,7 +19204,7 @@ Some more text. <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> for a more elaborate one. @@ -19066,7 +19233,7 @@ The end. <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to @@ -19123,9 +19290,9 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of <node name="tugboat-template" spaces=" "><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Larger book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex> <para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, <url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>. |